Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / CCL Industries Inc

CCL Industries Inc

ccl.b:ca · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ccl.b:ca
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · CCL Industries Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2024
ANNUAL 
REPORT
CCL Industries Inc.

26,300
Employees
213
Production Facilities
42
Countries
6
Continents
CCL 
CCL is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded 
film materials for a wide range of decorative, instructional, security and 
functional applications for government institutions and large global 
customers in consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer 
durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded and labeled 
plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional 
leaflets, specialty folded cartons, precision engineered and die cut 
components, electronic displays, polymer banknote substrate and other 
complementary products and services are sold in parallel to specific end-
use markets.
Checkpoint 
Checkpoint is a leading developer of RF and RFID-based technology 
systems for loss prevention and inventory management applications, 
including labeling and tagging solutions, for the broad retail and apparel 
industries worldwide.
Avery
Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media 
and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses 
and homes alongside complementary products sold through distributors, 
mass-market stores and e-commerce retailers.
Innovia 
Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty, high-performance, 
multi-layer, surface-engineered films for label, packaging and security 
applications.
39% of total  sales
NORTH AMERICA REPRESENTS 
31% of total sales
EUROPE REPRESENTS
30% of total sales
EMERGING MARKETS REPRESENTS
CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION This annual report contains forward-looking information and forward-looking statements, as defined under applicable securities laws 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “forward-looking statements”) that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by, but not limited to, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans” or similar 
expressions. Statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Company, other than statements of historical fact, are 
forward-looking statements. Specifically, this annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income and profitability of the Company’s segments; the 
Company’s improvement in market share; the Company’s capital spending levels and planned capital expenditures in 2025; the adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s targeted 
return on equity, improved return on total capital, adjusted earnings per share, adjusted EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business 
strategy; the Company’s ability to maintain a Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio below 3.5 times; the Company’s expectations regarding general business and economic conditions; the Company’s 
Corporate Social Responsibility initiative to enhance the integration of social and environmental objectives into its business operations and strategy; the Company’s expectation to achieve its overall 
environmental footprint and waste reduction goals for 2025 and 2030; the Company’s ability to successfully deploy initiatives that reduce the carbon footprint of its products and services; the 
continuing impact the conflicts in Europe and the Middle East will have on the global economy and the global supply chain; the Company’s success in passing on foreign exchange movements and 
input cost changes, including inflationary costs, to its customer base; the Company’s expectation to reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions 50% by 2032; the Company’s expectation that it will 
engage its suppliers to set science-based targets by 2030; the Company’s expectation to reach net-zero greenhouse gas emissions across the value chain by 2050; the Company’s expectation to 
reduce absolute greenhouse gas emissions from Scopes 1, 2 and select Scope 3 categories 90% by 2050; the expectation that Checkpoint will take its share of the rapidly expanding RFID market; the 
expectation that Innovia will successfully complete construction and commence commercial operation of its new film manufacturing facility in Germany in the first half of 2025; the expectation that 
Innovia will successfully consolidate the production from the closure of the Belgium facility into its facilities in the U.K. and Australia; the expectation that the CCL Segment’s capacity and technology 
investments in 2024 and 2025 will position it for growth and improved profitability in the coming years; the expectation that new business wins for CCL Secure’s polymer bank note substrate will 
drive improved sales volume especially in the first half of 2025; the expectation that Avery’s direct-to-consumer businesses, plus horticultural operations, will outpace legacy product lines and that 
further “tuck-in” acquisitions are possible; Checkpoint’s expectation that there will be strong demand for RFID-related products, including products beyond retail, and that Checkpoint’s new RFID inlay 
facility in Mexico will position the Segment to be a leader in North America; Checkpoint’s expectation that core MAS and ALS apparel production categories will grow and improve profitability in 2025; 
Innovia’s expectation that the new “EcoFloat” shrink film line in Poland will continue to add volume in 2025, and new coating lines in Mexico and the U.K. will add new product depth; the expectation 
that Innovia will improve 2025 results compared to 2024.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, 
the impact of competition; consumer confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit availability; technological 
change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of 
assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; increased customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a 
global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; the 
achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin, aluminum and other inflationary cost increases to its customers; the 
availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks 
materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be 
found throughout this report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”
Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements 
are made may have on the business. Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, 
other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and 
non-recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them; therefore, the financial impact cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of 
knowing the specific facts.
The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this annual report and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new 
events or circumstances, except as required by law.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc. and its subsidiary companies and equity-accounted investments. 

2024 LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS
Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman
Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer
It was another year of record 
adjusted net earnings*, 
moving from less than 
$500 million at the end of 
2019, pre-pandemic, to 
$770 million for 2024, with 
hopes of continuing progress 
in 2025 assuming geo-
political stress points around 
the world remain under 
control. Sales for 2024 were 
up 9% to $7.25 billion, with 
adjusted net earnings per 
Class B share increasing 16%, 
excluding foreign currency 
translation. Adjusted basic 
earnings per Class B share* 
improved from $3.76 in 2023 
to $4.32 in 2024; foreign 
currency translation reduced 
earnings by 2 cents. 
Restructuring charges plus transaction expenses for acquisitions totaled 
$5.5  million, vastly surpassed by a $78.1 million non-cash accounting gain 
to revalue our existing 50% interest in Pacman in the Middle East on the 
acquisition of the remaining shares for $142.9 million. Despite $457 million net 
capital spending to provide capacity and capability for new opportunities, free 
cash flow* reached $607 million, $47 million up on last year.
CCL Segment
Sales for the year increased 9.7%, passing $4.5 billion, with 5.6% organic 
growth augmented by acquisitions and modest foreign exchange translation. 
Geographically, we delivered compelling gains in Asia Pacific and Latin America, 
with low single digit progress in North America and Europe. Segment operating 
income* grew 12.7% to $714 million while adjusted EBITDA* margin moved up 
50 basis points to 22.3%.
Home & Personal Care results were solid in labels globally, with organic 
sales and underlying profit growth in all regions augmented by better than 
expected contribution from the Pacman acquisition. Our extruded tube 
business in the United States, where we are market leader, had a flat year in 
sales driving a moderate decline in profitability. We completed an important 
investment to integrate tube extrusion and label decoration at our Lumberton 
site in New Jersey which should bring gains in 2025 and beyond. CCL Container 
was again  the standout performer with a near double digit sales increase 
and significant profitability improvement. We invested heavily in new can 
manufacturing capacity in Mexico, including expanded infrastructure, and 
continued to update older technology in the United States. On a combined 
basis, we reported very good profit improvement for the sector on a solid 
organic sales gain.
1
2024 Annual Report

20 24  L E T T E R  TO  S H A R E H O L D E RS
Healthcare & Specialty After strong years during the pandemic, and in 2023 when many customers reacted to the supply chain 
crisis with advanced purchases, we had a slow 2024 with only modest progress in sales and profitability, all of it acquisition driven. 
One important customer redesigned an over the counter package reducing the need for labels and impacting North American 
profitability. CCL Faubel, our acquired clinical trials labeling business, had a solid first full year. We settled into state-of-the-art new 
label plants in Sioux Falls, SD and Oss, Netherlands, although with some disruption pains bedding in new technologies. France 
had a challenging year and is now under new leadership. We invested in new plants in Raleigh, NC, and Montreal, Quebec, which 
will start up in 2025. Emerging markets were an area of strength. Our plant in Singapore made great strides for an important new 
customer in diabetic monitoring devices, while China and Brazil posted good gains. Ag-Chem also had a much improved year with 
double digit sales progress in the U.S. consumer Lawn & Garden sector and significantly better performance in Europe on a realigned 
manufacturing footprint. Overall, our focus in 2025 is to improve operationally after a period of significant investment and expansion.
Food & Beverage sales easily passed $1 billion, our second end market to do so in the CCL Segment. Sleeves, flexible pouch 
and in-mould label sales increased significantly in 2024. Profitability, however, declined on start-up costs at a new plant in Spain 
and poor results at one of our U.S. plants further impacted by an energy drinks customer declaring bankruptcy. Additionally, 
the transition to our state-of-the-art new plant in Austria was very challenging, especially in the first half of the year through the 
busy summer peak period, but things settled down in the fourth quarter and so far in 2025. Creaprint in Spain, an in-mould label 
producer and Pouch Partners, a specialist in stand-up flexible pouches in Italy acquired in 2023, had successful first full years. 
Pressure sensitive labels had good performance in the alcoholic beverage arena, despite soft end markets, and posted strong 
growth in closure labels. The new wine & spirits label plant in Italy posted start-up losses, but we had a record year at our plants in 
Australia, returned to profit in Chile, made good progress with tequila customers in Mexico and successfully navigated tough end 
markets in the United States. Sector profitability for 2024 overall improved only modestly after a soft fourth quarter.
CCL Design had an exceptional recovery year surpassing previous highs, delivering record performance on new business 
wins with electronics customers on top of meaningful operational productivity improvement in many locations. The 2022 Desin 
acquisition, which had a tough first two years, delivered a robust turnaround. Improvements in electronics end markets were 
particularly strong in China, ASEAN countries, India and Mexico with a good pipeline of new projects as we enter 2025. Our plant 
in Israel had a solid year despite many external challenges. Gains in automotive were good in labels and decorative metal trim 
parts but the acquired former McGavigan operation in China had a poor year and we have now combined the management of this 
operation with our electronics leadership team. Tapes performance improved significantly, and we built a new clean room coating 
plant in China as we strive to control more of our own materials science developments. Sales to alkaline battery producers were 
stable. Overall, sales increased double digit with profitability rising beyond, despite R&D driven losses at Imprint Energy, acquired 
in 2023.
CCL Secure had another outstanding year in the United States on high demand for passport components and the polymer 
banknote business performed well in Mexico but lagged in the U.K. and Australia. However, the outlook in those two sub-
performing locations improved for 2025 on important new business wins. On a combined basis, sales and profitability increased 
for the sector.
Avery 
Our consumer segment had a solid year with profitability improving on a modest sales increase while continuing to deliver the 
highest free cash flow of any end market in the Company. Results were strongest in North America with gains in all product 
categories, most notably the Mastertag horticultural business. We broke ground on a new manufacturing plant in Michigan, which 
we expect to complete in 2025. Europe had a flat year, especially in the legacy product lines, better in direct-to-consumer markets; 
profitability at the horticultural business improved but needs to continue doing so to meet our financial return benchmarks. 
Results in Latin America were impacted by significant currency devaluations but were otherwise solid and we had a challenging 
year in Australia. 
Checkpoint 
Merchandise Availability Solutions’ (“MAS”) security systems and supplies posted sales gains and even better profitability 
improvement as global retailers move to control shrink loss and improve inventory insight for an omni channel world. Results 
included start-up cost for a new RFID inlay plant in Mexico targeted at customers outside of apparel in general merchandise, food 
and logistics although this was more than offset by profits for these products produced in China. Geographically, sales gains were 
strongest in Europe and Asia Pacific. Sales for Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) leaped almost 30% on share gains and growth 
in RFID that drove significant profitability improvement, except in the fourth quarter where the Turkish currency, poor results in 
2
2024 Annual Report

Latin America and unfavourable product mix pinned back bottom line performance. The smaller Meto business delivered good 
cash flow. Segment operating income* passed $150 million for the first time, up $19 million. 
Innovia
Performance was much improved as demand recovered in the label materials industry after the historic destocking period in 
2023. The closure of our older site in Belgium went smoothly with sales volume successfully transitioned to our plants in the U.K. 
and Australia, notably driving good profitability gains at our large site in Wigton, England. In Poland, we doubled sales volume for 
label films including significant progress with EcoFloat that enables PET bottle recycling; the impact of this change in mix drove 
the plant into profitability. In Germany, we substantially completed the new low gauge film extrusion technology at our massively 
expanded plant in Leipzig and expect to start production in the first half of 2025. We had another excellent year in the Americas 
as film volume increased double digit on share gains; profitability improved substantially aided by productivity, cost savings and 
commercial discipline. Segment operating income* improved by more than $20 million to $66 million, with a 9.4% return on sales, 
up 220 basis points.
Sustainability
This past year, the Company worked diligently on the verification of science-based targets through the Science-Based Targets 
initiative (“SBTi”), which will require the prioritization of renewable energy procurement and emissions reduction strategies across 
all business units. In 2024, approximately 80% of our own manufacturing waste has now been diverted from landfill so we are on 
track to meet or exceed the 2025 target of 90% diversion. 
The Company continues to set a high bar for sustainability initiatives around the world. CCL Tube launched the 100% recycle-
ready, mono-material tube and airless pump dispenser for microencapsulated formulas in the Home and Personal Care market. 
Checkpoint refurbishes customers in-store anti-theft hardware around the world, reducing the amount of virgin plastic resin 
needed for new devices while providing the same great product protection. Imprint Plus partnered with their key supplier of 
magnets used across the name badge product line to eliminate non-recyclable Styrofoam packaging from all shipments. Avery 
Zweckform, in Germany, installed an 800,000 KWH solar panel system on the roof of its distribution center to reduce power 
consumption from fossil fuel sources. Avery North America transitioned to 100% recycled content lower basis weight paper 
board for its retail packaging. CCL Label launched EcoFloat® WHITE shrink sleeves, a game changer for the recyclability of dairy 
products and other light-sensitive items enabling the transition from white HDPE packaging to transparent PET bottles and 
containers, combined with a white opaque sleeve. Innovia extended its portfolio of Encore recycled content films in preparation 
for compliance with emerging regulations within the European Union. More details can be found in CCL Industries’ annual 
Sustainability Reports at www.cclind.com/sustainability.
Delivering to Shareholders 
Following our February 2025 Board meeting, we announced a 10.3% increase to the dividend. The annualized payout now stands 
at $1.28 per Class B share and $1.27 per Class A share, more than double the rate paid in 2018. Despite spending $143 million on 
the Pacman acquisition and $457 million on net capital expenditures, the Company’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio ended 
2024 comfortably inside investment-grade territory at 1.08 times, down 0.05 turns from 2023. The Company continued making 
share repurchases under its Normal Course Issuer Bid in 2024 returning $201 million to shareholders. We currently plan to invest 
approximately $485 million in 2025 in capital equipment and new plant expenditures, compared to approximately $379 million of 
2024 depreciation and amortization expense, excluding right-of-use asset amortization. With 98% of sales outside Canada, CCL 
continues to provide domestic shareholders considerable geographic risk diversification.
Leadership and Governance
CCL is a global enterprise with operations now in 42 countries on six continents. We continue to run a highly decentralized 
enterprise with over 400 profit centers, serving a variety of end markets using our specialized expertise in label converting, 
substrate surface engineering, film extrusion, adhesive coating, label formatting software and digital imaging, intelligent label 
automation, mechanical and laser cutting and automated assembly. Deep knowledge of these process technologies and how to 
match them to end markets remains a resume necessity to enter the senior operational leadership ranks and inevitably means 
talent must be internally developed or at least hired from our industry. We passionately believe that business leadership should 
be local to the country where we operate, especially outside North America. This ensures our operating units around the world 
reflect the ethnicity and society of the business communities we serve. Our professional corporate support staff focuses on 
technical excellence, agility and responsiveness, with a cost equal to approximately 1% of sales. 
3
2024 Annual Report

20 24  L E T T E R  TO  S H A R E H O L D E RS
We bid farewell at this year’s AGM to two long-serving Directors who decided to retire from the Board. Kathleen Keller-Hobson 
joined us over 10 years ago and served as the Company’s Lead Director since December 2016, and Chair of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee shortly thereafter. Kathleen’s support for gender equality, deep knowledge in legal and governance 
matters, along with her insightful contributions to the Board will be greatly missed. We thank her for the leadership and wise 
counsel she brought to our deliberations throughout her tenure. Stuart W. Lang joined the Board in May 1991 and is our longest-
serving Director. Stuart always aligned his approach with the values established by the Company’s Founder and brought to 
the Board a deep knowledge of the label industry having spent much of his long business career in this part of CCL. We will all 
miss his easy-going personality, care for people and great sense of humor. Effective February 18, 2025, we also said goodbye to 
David W. Nyland, who recently joined the Board but decided to resign due to a recent change in his personal circumstances. The 
Company will disclose new director nominees in its Management Proxy Circular in connection with the 2025 annual meeting. 
The Board continues to represent all shareholders through good governance practice, while providing seasoned, wise counsel 
to management.
2025 Outlook 
Despite a very strong 2024, we expect to make further progress in 2025. Tense geo-political issues are worrying many companies 
with extensive geographic reach, and we are no exception. As in any global enterprise, the arrival of tariffs could have direct 
impact on some parts of our operations, although substantially most of our business is “local to local” on both the supply and 
demand axes. However, the intricacies of our global customers’ supply chains could be quite another matter. Hopefully common 
sense economic solutions prevail that support fair trade and the business community. 
As always, we close by thanking the 26,300 CCL people globally for their passion, commitment and extraordinary capabilities 
in this industry. You are absolutely the most important point of our competitive differentiation. To our customer and supplier 
partners, we truly value our relationships; and to our shareholders, we are ready to continue to progress and deliver results.
Donald G. Lang	 			
 Geoffrey T. Martin
Executive Chairman			
President and Chief Executive Officer
* Non-IFRS measures; see Section 5A of CCL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for more detail.
4
2024 Annual Report

F I N A N C I A L  H I G H L I G H TS
(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and ratio data)
 
2024 
 
2023
Sales
 $ 7,245.0 
 $ 
6,649.6 
9.0%
Adjusted EBITDA
 $ 1,497.1 
 $ 
1,332.1 
12.4%
% of sales 
 
20.7%
20.0% 
Restructuring and other items – net loss 
 $ 
5.5 
 $ 
42.8 
Revaluation gain
 $ 
(78.1) 
 $ 
—
Goodwill impairment loss 
 $ 
— 
$ 
95.0 
Net earnings
 $ 
843.1 
 $ 
530.2 
59.0%
% of sales 
 
11.6% 
8.0% 
Basic earnings per Class B share
Net earnings
Diluted earnings
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share* 
Dividends per Class B share 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
4.73 
4.70 
4.32 
1.16 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
2.99 
2.95 
3.76 
1.06 
58.2%
59.3%
14.9%
9.4%
As at December 31
Total assets
Net debt*
Total equity
Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA* 
Return on equity (before other expenses)* 
Number of employees 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
9,859.1 
1,618.9 
5,280.7 
1.08 
15.5%
 26,300 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 
8,924.2 
1,508.2 
4,623.2 
1.13 
15.0% 
 25,700 
10.5%
7.3%
14.2%
2.3%
*
A non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.
5
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of CCL Industries 
Inc. (“the Company”) relates to the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. In preparing this MD&A, the Company 
has taken into account information available until February 20, 2025, unless otherwise noted. This MD&A should be 
read in conjunction with the Company’s December 31, 2024, annual consolidated financial statements, which form part 
of the CCL Industries Inc. 2024 Annual Report dated February 20, 2025. The consolidated financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and, unless otherwise noted, 
both the financial statements and this MD&A are expressed in Canadian dollars as the presentation currency. The major 
measurement currencies of the Company’s operations are the Canadian dollar, U.S. dollar, euro, Argentine peso, Australian 
dollar, Bangladeshi taka, Brazilian real, Chilean peso, Chinese renminbi, Danish krone, Egyptian pound, Hong Kong dollar, 
Hungarian forint, Indian rupee, Israeli shekel, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, Moroccan dirham, New 
Zealand dollar, Omani rial, Philippine peso, Polish zloty, Russian ruble, Saudi riyal, Singaporean dollar, South African rand, 
South Korean won, Swiss franc, Thai baht, Turkish lira, United Arab Emirates dirham, U.K. pound sterling and Vietnamese 
dong. All per Class B non-voting share (“Class B share”) amounts in this document are expressed on an undiluted basis, 
unless otherwise indicated. The Company’s Audit Committee and its Board of Directors (the “Board”) have reviewed this 
MD&A to ensure consistency with the approved strategy and results of the business.
Additional information relating to the Company, 
including the Company’s Annual Information Form, 
is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca or on 
the Company’s website www.cclind.com.
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 
This MD&A contains forward-looking information 
and forward-looking statements, as defined 
under applicable securities laws (hereinafter 
collectively referred to as “forward-looking 
statements”) that involve a number of risks 
and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements 
include all statements that are predictive in 
nature or depend on future events or conditions. 
Forward-looking statements are typically 
identified by, but not limited to, the words 
“believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” 
“intends,” “plans” or similar expressions. 
Statements regarding the operations, business, 
financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, 
strategies and outlook of the Company, other 
than statements of historical fact, are forward-
looking statements. Specifically, this MD&A 
contains forward-looking statements regarding 
the anticipated growth in sales, income and 
profitability of the Company’s segments; the 
Company’s improvement in market share; the 
Company’s capital spending levels and planned 
capital expenditures in 2025; the adequacy of 
the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s 
targeted return on equity, improved return 
on total capital, adjusted earnings per share, 
adjusted EBITDA growth rates and dividend 
payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the 
Company’s ongoing business strategy; the 
Company’s ability to maintain a Net Debt to 
Adjusted EBITDA ratio below 3.5  times; the 
Company’s expectations regarding general 
business and economic conditions; the 
Company’s Corporate Social Responsibility 
initiative to enhance the integration of social 
and environmental objectives into its business 
	
8 
1. Corporate Overview
8 
A) The Company
8 
B) Customers and Markets
8 
C) Strategy and Financial Targets
11 D) Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions
12 E) Subsequent Event
12 F) Consolidated Annual Financial Results
14 G) Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results 
17 2. Business Segment Review
17 A) General
20 B) CCL Segment
22 C) Avery
23 D) Checkpoint
24 E) Innovia 
25 F) Joint Ventures
25 3. Financing and Risk Management
25 A) Liquidity and Capital Resources 
26 B) Cash Flow 
27 C) Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange  
 Management and Other Hedges
27 D)  Equity and Dividends
28 E) Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations
29 F) Controls and Procedures
30 4. Risks and Uncertainties
38 5. Accounting Policies and Non-IFRS Measures
38 A) Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures
43 B) Accounting Policies
43 C) Critical Accounting Estimates
43 D) Related Party Transactions
44 6. Outlook
6
2024 Annual Report

operations and strategy; the Company’s expectation to achieve its overall environmental footprint and waste reduction 
goals for 2025 and 2030; the Company’s ability to successfully deploy initiatives that reduce the carbon footprint of 
its products and services; the continuing impact the conflicts in Europe and the Middle East will have on the global 
economy and the global supply chain; the Company’s success in passing on foreign exchange movements and input 
cost changes, including inflationary costs, to its customer base; the Company’s expectation to reduce absolute Scope 1 
and 2 emissions 50% by 2032; the Company’s expectation that it will engage its suppliers to set science-based targets 
by 2030; the Company’s expectation to reach net-zero greenhouse gas emissions across the value chain by 2050; the 
Company’s expectation to reduce absolute greenhouse gas emissions from Scopes 1, 2 and select Scope 3 categories 
90% by 2050; the expectation that Checkpoint will take its share of the rapidly expanding RFID market; the expectation 
that Innovia will successfully complete construction and commence commercial operation of its new film manufacturing 
facility in Germany in the first half of 2025; the expectation that Innovia will successfully consolidate the production 
from the closure of the Belgium facility into its facilities in the U.K. and Australia; the expectation that the CCL Segment’s 
capacity and technology investments in 2024 and 2025 will position it for growth and improved profitability in the coming 
years; the expectation that new business wins for CCL Secure’s polymer bank note substrate will drive improved sales 
volume especially in the first half of 2025; the expectation that Avery’s direct-to-consumer businesses, plus horticultural 
operations, will outpace legacy product lines and that further “tuck-in” acquisitions are possible; Checkpoint’s expectation 
that there will be strong demand for RFID-related products, including products beyond retail, and that Checkpoint’s new 
RFID inlay facility in Mexico will position the Segment to be a leader in North America; Checkpoint’s expectation that core 
MAS and ALS apparel production categories will grow and improve profitability in 2025; Innovia’s expectation that the new 
“EcoFloat” shrink film line in Poland will continue to add volume in 2025, and new coating lines in Mexico and the U.K. will 
add new product depth; the expectation that Innovia will improve 2025 results compared to 2024.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and 
uncertainties relating to future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, the impact of competition; consumer 
confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest 
rates and credit availability; technological change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating 
and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking 
statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, 
including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; increased customer demand 
for the Company’s products; continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into 
new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the 
benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition 
strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency 
and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin, aluminum and other inflationary cost increases to its 
customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations 
with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks materialize or should any 
assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-
looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks 
and Uncertainties.”
Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-
recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements are made may have on the business. 
Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, 
monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges 
announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them; therefore, the 
financial impact cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing the specific facts.
The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this MD&A and the Company does not assume any obligation 
to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc. and its subsidiary 
companies and equity-accounted investments. 
7
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
1.
CORPORATE OVERVIEW
A)	 The Company
Founded in 1951, and publicly listed under its current name since 1980, the Company’s corporate offices are located 
in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, and Framingham, Massachusetts, United States, with a regional centre for Asia Pacific 
in Singapore. The corporate offices provide executive and centralized services such as finance, accounting, internal 
audit, treasury, risk management, legal, tax, human resources, information technology, environmental, health and safety, 
sustainability and oversight of operations. The Company employs approximately 26,300 people in 213 production facilities 
located in North America, Latin America, Europe, Middle East, Australia, Africa and Asia including an equity investment 
in a venture operating four facilities.
The CCL Segment (“CCL”) is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range 
of decorative, instructional, security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers 
in consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded 
and labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, specialty folded cartons, 
precision engineered and die cut components, electronic displays, polymer banknote substrate and other complementary 
products and services are sold in parallel to specific end-use markets. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, 
specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside 
complementary products sold through distributors, mass-market stores and e-commerce retailers. Checkpoint is a 
leading developer of RF and RFID-based technology systems for loss prevention and inventory management applications, 
including labeling and tagging solutions, for the broad retail and apparel industries worldwide. Innovia is a leading 
global producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered films for label, packaging and security 
applications. The Company partly backward integrates into materials science, with capabilities in polymer extrusion, 
adhesive development, coating and lamination, surface engineering and metallurgy deployed as needed across the four 
business segments. 
B)
Customers and Markets
The state of the global economy and geopolitical events can affect consumer demand and customers’ marketing and sales 
strategies to promote growth, including the introduction of new products. These factors directly influence the demand 
for the Company’s products. Growth expectations generally mirror the trends of each of the markets and product lines 
in which the Company’s customers compete and the growth of the economy in each geographic region. The Company 
attempts to gain market share in each market and category over time.
The markets served by the CCL Segment are large and diverse, with some sectors highly fragmented, but with few 
competitors having the Company’s substantial operating breadth or global reach. Avery has a dominant market-leading 
position for its products in North America, Europe and Australia. Checkpoint has significant market positions in all regions 
of the world and sells directly to retailers and apparel manufacturers and competes with other global retail labeling 
companies. Innovia operates plants in Europe, Mexico and Australia and has additional distribution capabilities in the 
United States that sell films to pressure sensitive materials producers, flexible packaging converters and the consumer-
packaged goods industry, while also producing film internally for security and label applications. 
C)	 Strategy and Financial Targets
The Company’s strategy is to increase shareholder value through investment in organic growth and product innovations 
around the world, augmented by acquisitions. The Company builds on the strength of its people in marketing, manufacturing 
and product development and nurtures strong relationships with its international, national and regional customers and 
suppliers. The Company anticipates increasing its market share in most product categories by capitalizing on market 
insights and the growth of its customers, and by following developments such as globalization, new product innovation, 
sustainability, branding and consumer trends.
The CCL Segment aspires to be the market leader and the highest value-added producer in each customer sector and 
region in which it chooses to compete. The primary objective is to invest in growth globally, both organically and by 
acquisition. Avery objectives align to its core competencies in label and badging solutions centred on specialty converted 
media that enable short-run digital printing in homes and businesses and increasingly using the direct-to-consumer 
channel, both organically and by acquisition. Checkpoint focuses on technology-driven loss-prevention and inventory-
management and labeling solutions for the retail and apparel industries, inclusive of a rapidly developing RFID product 
portfolio. Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered films for 
label, packaging and security applications. Innovia also provides significant depth and capability to develop proprietary 
films for label applications.
8
2024 Annual Report

The Company’s financial strategy is to be fiscally prudent and conservative. The 2024 financial results delivered strong 
cash flow and a solid balance sheet after investing $142.9 million to acquire Pacman and $457.4 million in net capital 
expenditures to execute global growth initiatives whilst returning $407.0 million to shareholders in the form of dividends 
and share buyback. Even during good and challenging economic cycles, such as the prolonged impact of the COVID 
(“CV19”) pandemic, and geopolitical events such as the conflicts in the Ukraine and the Middle East, which have dampened 
consumer demand, led to instability in energy, commodity and currency markets, and resulted in elevated inflationary 
pressures, the Company has maintained high levels of cash on hand and unused lines of credit to reduce its financial 
risk and to provide flexibility when acquisition opportunities are available. As at December 31, 2024, the Company had 
$828.7 million of cash on hand and approximately US$956.7 million of undrawn capacity on the Company’s unsecured 
revolving credit facility.
The Company maintains a continuous focus on minimizing its investment in working capital to maximize cash flow in 
support of growth in the business. In addition, capital expenditures target the most attractive growth opportunities and are 
expected to be accretive to earnings. The Company’s financial discipline and prudent allocation of capital have ensured 
sufficient available liquidity and a secure financial foundation for the long-term future.
A key financial target for the Company is return on equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, 
non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, revaluation gain, and tax adjustments (“ROE,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The Company continues to execute its strategy with a goal 
of achieving a comparable ROE level to its leading peers in specialty packaging. 2024 ROE of 15.5% improved compared 
to 2023 due to a solid increase in adjusted net earnings:
2024 
 2023 
 2022 
2021 
2020 
2019
Return on Equity 
15.5% 
15.0% 
15.9% 
17.2% 
17.8% 
17.8%
Another metric used by the investment community as a comparative measure is return on total capital before goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, revaluation gain and tax 
adjustments (“ROTC,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). 
The chart below details performance since 2019. The Company targets delivering returns in excess of its cost of capital. 
ROTC of 11.8% for 2024 improved compared to 2023 due to the solid increase in adjusted net earnings and modest capital 
deployed for acquisitions for 2024: 
2024 
 
2023 
 
2022 
 
2021 
 
2020 
 
2019
Return on Total Capital 
11.8% 
11.2% 
11.8% 
12.5% 
11.9% 
10.8%
ROTC should increase as the Company deleverages its balance sheet and increases net earnings executing its global 
initiatives profitably. 
The long-term growth rate of adjusted basic earnings per Class B share (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance 
Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) is another important financial target. This measure excludes goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, revaluation gain, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and 
non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Management believes that, by taking into account the continuing benefits 
from the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach, a positive growth rate in adjusted basic earnings per 
share is realistic under reasonable economic circumstances.
The Company has achieved significant growth in its annual adjusted basic earnings per share since 2019:
2024 
 
2023 
 
2022 
 
2021 
 
2020 
 
2019
Basic EPS Growth Rate 
58.2% 
(14.6%) 
5.1% 
12.5% 
10.4% 
1.5%
Adjusted Basic EPS Growth Rate 14.9% 
5.3% 
5.9% 
9.4% 
10.4% 
2.2%
In 2024, adjusted basic earnings increased by 14.9% to $4.32 per Class B share. Improved profitability came from all the 
Company’s segments, CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia. The Company believes continuing growth in earnings per 
share is achievable as the Company executes its global business strategies across all of its segments. 
The Company will continue to focus on generating cash and effectively utilizing the cash flow generated by operations and 
divestitures. Earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill impairment loss, 
earnings in equity-accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, revaluation gain, restructuring 
and other items (“Adjusted EBITDA,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in 
Section 5A), is considered a good indicator of cash flow and is used by many financial institutions and investment advisors 
to measure operating results and for business valuations. 
9
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
As a key indicator of cash flow, Adjusted EBITDA demonstrates the Company’s ability to incur or service existing debt, to 
invest in capital additions and to take advantage of organic growth opportunities and acquisitions that are accretive to 
earnings per share. Historically, the Company has experienced growth in Adjusted EBITDA:
2024 
 
2023 
 
2022 
 
2021 
 
2020 
2019
Adjusted EBITDA 
$ 
1,497.1 
$ 
1,332.1 
$ 
1,231.4 
$  1,173.1 
$  1,123.2 
$  
1,067.2
% of sales 
21% 
20% 
19% 
20% 
21% 
20%
In 2024, Adjusted EBITDA increased by approximately 12.4% from 2023, 12.1% excluding the positive impact of foreign 
currency translation. The Company’s Adjusted EBITDA margins remain at the top end of the range of its peers. The 
Company expects growth in Adjusted EBITDA in the future as the Company executes its international growth initiatives, 
managing regional economic volatility, geopolitical challenges in Europe and the Middle East and an evolving precarious 
global political backdrop affecting supply chains. 
The framework supporting the above performance indicators is an appropriate level of financial leverage. Based on the 
dynamics within the specialty packaging industry and the risks that higher leverage may bring, the Company has a comfort 
level up to a ceiling of approximately 3.5 times net debt to Adjusted EBITDA with an appropriate deleveraging and liquidity 
profile to maintain its investment-grade ratings with Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global (“S&P”). As at 
December 31, 2024, net debt (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) 
to Adjusted EBITDA was 1.08 times, slightly lower than the 1.13 times at December 31, 2023, reflecting increased Adjusted 
EBITDA more than offsetting higher net debt. This leverage level is consistent with management’s conservative approach 
to financial risk and the Company’s ability to generate strong levels of free cash flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; 
see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). This leverage level also allows the Company the 
flexibility to quickly execute its acquisition growth strategy without significantly exposing its credit quality. 
The Board does not have a target dividend payout ratio (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and 
Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). However, the Company has paid dividends quarterly for over forty years without 
an omission or reduction. The Board views this consistency and dividend growth as important factors in enhancing 
shareholder value. For 2024, the dividend payout ratio was 27% of adjusted earnings. This dividend payout ratio reflects 
the strong cash flows generated by the Company and strong improvement in adjusted earnings in 2024 compared to 2023. 
Therefore, after careful review of the current year results and the budgeted cash flow and income for 2025, the Board 
has declared a 10.3% increase in the annual dividend: an increase of $0.03 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.29 to 
$0.32 per Class B share per quarter ($1.28 per Class B share annualized). Including this increase, the Company has more 
than doubled the annualized rate since March 2018. 
The Company believes that all of the above targets are mutually compatible and consequently should drive meaningful 
shareholder value over time.
The Company’s strategy and ability to grow and achieve attractive returns for its shareholders are shaped by key internal 
and external factors that are common to the businesses it operates. The key performance driver is the Company’s 
continuous focus on customer service, supported by its reputation for quality manufacturing, competitive pricing, product 
innovation, dependability, ethical business practices and financial stability.
The Company updates its financial strategies and its performance against internal benchmarks while considering its 
obligations to Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”). The Company’s CSR initiative is designed to enhance the integration 
of social and environmental concerns into its business operations and strategy as well as interactions with stakeholders. 
Since 2019, the Company has been continuing to build up the initiative to align with best practices in the industry with 
changes and progress released in an annual Sustainability Report covering material environmental and social responsibility 
issues and policies. These reports are made available on the Company’s website at www.cclind.com/sustainability.
  Sustainability: The Company is committed to helping customers meet their targets by developing new products 
while reducing the environmental impact of its manufacturing processes. The Company has set targets to reduce key 
environmental impacts including emissions reductions and waste to landfill diversion. 
 
 Ethics: The Company’s Global Business Ethics Guide, enhanced in 2021 to align with the Company’s Corporate Social 
Responsibility strategy, is its primary policy on workplace practices, human rights, health and safety, ethical conduct 
and fair business practices for all employees. Reviewing the Guide is an important part of new hire training and global 
facilities are audited to ensure all new hires have access to a copy of the ethics guide. 

10
2024 Annual Report

	 	Health & Safety: The health and safety of the Company’s employees around the world is a top priority. The Company’s 
current Environmental Health & Safety (“EHS”) policy and robust safety reporting programs address the statutory 
requirements of the countries where the Company does business. The EHS policy is reviewed and revised as needed 
as part of the Company’s annual Sustainability Report disclosure. Quarterly reporting of health and safety performance 
statistics to management and the CSR Committee is required. 
	
	 Responsible Supply Chains: The Company continues to work with its supply chain partners to reduce the overall 
environmental and social impacts of its products including transportation, secondary packaging and material sourcing. 
Through predictive forecasting and responsive production, the Company is able to drive down lead times and help 
lower inventory throughout the supply chain with the added benefit of reducing waste and obsolescence and lowering 
the effects on the environment. In 2025, the Company will be introducing a new code of conduct to ensure that the 
Company’s suppliers adhere to the appropriate standard of safety, fair treatment of employees and ethical practices. 
	 	Circular Innovation: The Company’s product innovation teams work directly with customers to create sustainable 
products enabling the circularity of customers’ primary packaging while supporting end consumer sensitivity to 
reduce waste in the environment and reduce overall environmental impacts.
D)
Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions
The Company is globally deployed with significant diversification across the world economy including emerging markets, 
a broad customer base, distinct product lines and many different currencies. 
The Company continues to deploy its cash flow from operations into its core segments with both internal capital 
investments and strategic acquisitions. The following acquisitions were completed over the last two years:
•  In June 2024, the Company acquired the remaining 50% interest in its Middle East label joint venture, Pacman-CCL
(“Pacman”), for approximately $142.9 million, net of cash acquired. The business commenced trading as CCL Label,
with its results fully consolidated subsequent to the acquisition.
•  In August 2023, the Company acquired all the intellectual property of Imprint Energy Inc. (“IEI”), based in Alameda,
California, for $26.6 million. IEI is a start-up proprietary technology company with the know-how for ultrathin, non-
hazardous and non-toxic printed batteries for devices, sensors and wearables. This product line has become part of
CCL Design.
•  In July 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Faubel & Co. Nachfolger GmbH (“Faubel”), headquartered
in Melsungen, Germany, for approximately $169.7 million, net of cash acquired. Faubel is a specialist in labels for
pharmaceutical clinical trials globally and is reported within CCL Label’s Healthcare and Specialty business.
•  In July 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Creaprint S.L. (“Creaprint”) based in Alicante, Spain, for
approximately $37.7 million, net of cash and debt acquired. Creaprint is a specialized producer of in-mould labels and
has been added to CCL Label’s Food & Beverage business.
•  In July 2023, the Company acquired Pouch Partners S.r.l., (“Pouch”), a subsidiary of Swiss headquartered Capri-Sun
Group, based in Milan, Italy, for approximately $39.6 million, net of cash acquired. This business trades as CCL Specialty 
Pouches and has become an integral new product offering within CCL Label’s Food & Beverage.
•  In July 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Oomph Made Limited (“Oomph”), based in Liphook, United
Kingdom, for approximately $6.6 million, net of cash acquired. Oomph is a designer and supplier of Radio Frequency
Identification (“RFID”) and Near-Field Communication (“NFC”) access cards and wristbands and has been added to the
Company’s Avery Segment.
•  In April 2023, the Company acquired privately owned eAgile Inc. (“eAgile”), based in Grand Rapids, Michigan, for
approximately $52.2 million, including net cash assumed. eAgile is a start-up technology company with proprietary,
patented hardware and software solutions for the healthcare industry alongside RFID inlays embedded into labels. This
business has been integrated into CCL Label’s Healthcare & Specialty business.
•  In April 2023, the Company acquired the intellectual property of Alert Systems ApS (“Alert”), based in Hoersholm,
Denmark, for $3.2 million. Alert’s patent-protected anti-theft solutions are sold alongside Checkpoint’s Merchandise
Availability Solutions (“MAS”) product lines.
•  In April 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Data Management, Inc. (“DMI”), based in Farmington, Connecticut, 
for approximately $10.2 million, net of cash acquired. DMI’s tracking and identification badges business has been added 
to the Avery Segment.
11
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
The acquisitions completed over the past few years, in conjunction with the building of new plants around the world, 
have positioned the CCL Segment as the global leader for labels in the personal care, healthcare, food and beverage, 
durables, security and specialty categories. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media, and 
software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products. 
Checkpoint has added technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, including RF and 
RFID-based systems, to the retail and apparel industries. Innovia provides vertical integration, driving the Company deeper 
into polymer sciences, enhancing the development of proprietary products, including recent investments in sustainably 
oriented films for its customers. 
E) 
Subsequent Event
Prior to the release of the 2024 annual financial statements, the Company announced the following:
• 	The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.32 per Class B non-voting share and $0.3175 per Class A voting share, 
which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 17, 2025, to be paid on March 31, 2025.
F) 
Consolidated Annual Financial Results
Selected Financial Information
Results of Consolidated Operations
2024 
2023  
2022
Sales
Cost of sales 
$ 
 
7,245.0 
5,107.3 
$ 
 
6,649.6 
4,735.2 
$ 
 
6,382.2
4,667.0
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
 
2,137.7 
 
1,073.0 
 
1,914.4 
 
985.6 
 
1,715.2
852.6
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
Net finance cost 
Revaluation gain
Goodwill impairment loss  
Restructuring and other items  
 
1,064.7 
 
18.9 
 
(75.0) 
 
78.1 
 
— 
 
(5.5) 
 
928.8 
17.9 
(78.0) 
— 
(95.0) 
(42.8) 
862.6
19.9
(64.8)
—
—
(11.7)
Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes
 
1,081.2 
 
238.1 
 
730.9 
 
200.7 
806.0
183.3
Net earnings
$ 
843.1 
$ 
530.2 
$ 
622.7
Basic earnings per Class B share 
$ 
4.73 
$ 
2.99 
$ 
3.50
Diluted earnings per Class B share 
$ 
4.70 
$ 
2.95 
$ 
3.48
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
$ 
4.32 
$ 
3.76 
$ 
3.57
Dividends per Class B share 
$ 
1.16 
$ 
1.06 
$ 
0.96
Total assets
$ 9,859.1 
$ 
8,924.2 
$ 
8,664.4
Total non-current liabilities 
$ 3,067.9 
$ 
2,884.1 
$ 
2,897.8
Comments on Consolidated Results
Sales were $7,245.0 million for 2024, an increase of 9.0% compared to $6,649.6 million recorded in 2023. This increase 
in sales is attributable to organic growth of 6.1%, acquisition-related growth of 2.3% and 0.6% positive impact of foreign 
currency translation.
Consistent with 2023, approximately 98% of the Company’s 2024 sales to end-use customers were denominated in foreign 
currencies. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on sales and profitability when 
translated into Canadian dollars for public reporting. The appreciation of the U.S. dollar, euro, and U.K. pound, by 1.5%, 
1.5%, and 4.3%, respectively, was partially offset by a 5.7%, 1.4% and 0.2% depreciation of the Brazilian real, Mexican peso 
and Chinese renminbi, respectively, relative to the Canadian dollar in 2024 compared to average exchange rates in 2023.
12
2024 Annual Report

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $1,073.0 million for 2024, compared to $985.6 million reported 
in 2023. The increase in SG&A expenses in 2024 relates to general increases across all business segments of the Company 
and most notably the impact of the nine acquisitions over the last two years. Corporate expenses for 2024 decreased to 
$77.6 million, compared to $81.8 million for 2023, primarily due to decreased long-term variable compensation expense 
as the Company commenced the first year of a three year plan, partly offsetting the aforementioned increase in SG&A.
During the second quarter of the year, the Company recorded a revaluation gain of $78.1 million in conjunction with 
the acquisition of the final 50% equity interest in Pacman in early June 2024. In accordance with IFRS 3 – Business 
Combinations, the Company was required to re-measure to fair value its previously held 50% interest in Pacman at the 
acquisition date resulting in the recognition of the aforementioned non-cash revaluation gain through net earnings.
Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) for 2024 
was $1,142.3 million, an increase of 13.0% compared to $1,010.6 million for 2023. Foreign currency translation was a 0.1% 
positive impact to consolidated operating income for 2024 compared to 2023. All Segments, CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and 
Innovia increased operating income compared to 2023. Further details on the business segments follow later in this report.
Adjusted EBITDA in 2024 was $1,497.1 million, an improvement of 12.4% compared to $1,332.1 million recorded in 2023. 
Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, the increase was 12.1% over the prior year.
Net finance cost was $75.0 million for 2024, compared to $78.0 million for 2023. The 3.8% decrease in net finance cost 
can primarily be attributed to decreased finance costs on reduced interest rates on variable rate debt for 2024 compared 
to 2023.
In the prior year fourth quarter, the Company incurred a non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to the Innovia 
Segment of $95.0 million with no associated tax benefit. This resulted in a reduction of basic earnings of $0.54 per Class B 
share. Further details of this impairment are outlined in Section 2E: “Innovia Segment” later in this MD&A.
For the full year 2024, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $5.5 million ($4.8 million after tax) 
as follows:
•	 Restructuring expenses of $3.3 million ($2.6 million after tax), primarily related to severance charges in the CCL Segment.
• 	Acquisition transaction costs totaled $2.2 million ($2.2 million after tax), associated with the Pacman acquisition.
The negative earnings impact of the restructuring and other items in 2024 was $0.03 per Class B share.
For the full year 2023, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $42.8 million ($41.2 million after 
tax) as follows:
• 	Restructuring expenses of $41.1 million ($39.5 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs
largely across Innovia, CCL Design and Checkpoint.
• 	Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.7 million ($1.7 million after tax), for the eight acquisitions closed in 2023.
The negative earnings impact of the restructuring and other items in 2023 was $0.23 per Class B share.
In 2024, the consolidated effective tax rate was 22.4%, compared to 28.2% in 2023, excluding earnings in equity-accounted 
investments. The combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate was 26.5% for 2024 (2023 – 26.5%). The 
notable decline in the effective tax rate can primarily be attributed to the $78.1 million non-taxable revaluation gain in 2024 
and the $95.0 million goodwill impairment loss with no associated tax benefit recorded in 2023.
Approximately 98% of the Company’s sales are to customers outside of Canada, and the income from these foreign 
operations is subject to varying rates of taxation. The Company’s effective tax rate is also affected from year to year due 
to the level of income in the various countries, recognition or reversal of tax losses, tax reassessments and income and 
expense items not subject to tax.
Net earnings for 2024 increased 59.0% to $843.1 million, compared to $530.2 million recorded in 2023 due to the items 
described above.
Basic earnings per Class B share were $4.73 for 2024 compared to $2.99 recorded for 2023. Diluted earnings per Class B 
share were $4.70 for 2024 and $2.95 for 2023. The aforementioned revaluation gain increased basic earnings by $0.44 per 
Class B share in 2024 and the goodwill impairment loss reduced basic earnings by $0.54 per Class B share in 2023. The 
movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2024 compared to 2023 had a negative impact on the translation of the 
Company’s basic earnings of $0.02 per Class B share. The diluted weighted average number of shares was 179.5 million 
for 2024, compared to 179.9 million for 2023.
13
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share was $4.32 for 2024, up 14.9% from $3.76 in 2023.
The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2024 versus 2023 had an estimated negative translation impact 
of $0.02 on adjusted basic earnings per Class B share. This estimated foreign currency impact reflects the currency 
translation in all foreign operations.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had 11.7 million Class A voting shares and 165.1 million Class B non-voting shares 
issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company had outstanding 0.5 million restricted stock units to issue 0.5 million 
Class B non-voting shares under the Restricted Stock Unit Plan, 0.1 million restricted stock units to issue 0.1 million Class B 
non-voting shares under the 2017-2025 Long Term Retention Plan, 0.1 million restricted stock units to issue 0.1 million 
Class B non-voting shares under the 2019 Long Term Retention Plan (collectively, the “RSUs”) and 0.3 million deferred share 
units (“DSU”) outstanding to issue 0.3 million Class B non-voting shares. Lastly, the Company has a performance stock 
unit (“PSU”) plan to issue up to 1.6 million Class B non-voting shares to participants, provided the financial performance 
criteria have been achieved and the participants are still employed by the Company. Of the 1.6 million Class B non-voting 
shares, the issuance of 1.4 million Class B non-voting shares under the PSU plan is subject to and conditional upon TSX 
approval and shareholder approval at the upcoming Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders in May 2025.
G) Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results
2024 
Unaudited
Qtr 1 
Unaudited
Qtr 2 
Unaudited
Qtr 3 
 Unaudited
 Qtr 4 
Year
Sales
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
 
 
 
1,094.1 
252.8 
224.7 
165.6 
$ 
 
 
 
1,139.8 
276.9 
244.3 
184.6 
$ 
 
 
 
1,152.5 
279.7 
240.5 
177.0 
$ 
 
 
 
1,116.2 
239.7 
277.4 
179.2 
$ 
 
 
 
4,502.6
1,049.1
986.9
706.4
Total sales 
$ 
1,737.2 
$ 
1,845.6 
$ 
1,849.7 
$ 
1,812.5 
$ 
7,245.0
Segment operating income 
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
 
 
 
177.6 
51.0 
37.0 
16.4 
$ 
 
 
 
190.8 
60.7 
36.7 
15.3 
$ 
 
 
 
179.2 
55.2 
36.7 
17.8 
$ 
 
 
 
166.1 
44.6 
40.5 
16.7 
$ 
 
 
 
713.7
211.5
150.9
66.2
Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
 
Revaluation gain 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
282.0 
19.8 
—
— 
(8.3) 
 
303.5 
22.8 
(78.1) 
2.1 
(5.0) 
 
288.9 
17.0 
—
2.2 
(2.7) 
 
267.9 
18.0 
— 
1.2 
(2.9) 
 
 
 
 
1,142.3
77.6
(78.1)
5.5
(18.9)
Finance cost, net 
 
270.5 
18.0 
 
361.7 
18.6 
 
272.4 
19.3 
 
251.6 
19.1 
 
1,156.2
75.0
Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 
 
252.5 
60.4 
 
343.1 
63.6 
 
253.1 
61.4 
 
232.5 
52.7 
 
1,081.2
238.1
Net earnings 
$ 
192.1 
$ 
279.5 
$ 
191.7 
$ 
179.8 
$ 
843.1
Per Class B share 
Basic earnings 
$ 
1.08 
$ 
1.56 
$ 
1.08 
$ 
1.01 
$ 
4.73
Diluted earnings 
$ 
1.07 
$ 
1.55 
$ 
1.07 
$ 
1.01 
$ 
4.70
Adjusted basic earnings 
$ 
1.08 
$ 
1.13 
$ 
1.09 
$ 
1.02 
$ 
4.32
14
2024 Annual Report

2023 
Unaudited
Qtr 1 
Unaudited
Qtr 2 
Unaudited
Qtr 3 
 Unaudited
Qtr 4 
Year
Sales
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
 
 
 
1,013.1 
260.3 
210.4 
168.3 
$ 
 
 
 
995.5 
268.0 
210.5 
170.5 
$ 
 
 
 
1,064.6 
269.5 
210.1 
146.3 
$ 
 
 
 
1,031.5 
242.1 
244.2 
144.7 
$ 
 
 
 
4,104.7
1,039.9
875.2
629.8
Total sales 
$ 
1,652.1 
$ 
1,644.5 
$ 
1,690.5 
$ 
1,662.5 
$ 
6,649.6
Segment operating income 
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
 
 
 
165.4 
50.6 
30.8 
10.9
$ 
 
 
144.0 
50.3 
28.1 
19.6 
$ 
 
 
 
169.7 
50.7 
28.8 
6.9
$ 
 
 
154.4 
47.9 
44.3 
8.2 
$ 
 
 
 
633.5
199.5
132.0
45.6
Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
 
Goodwill impairment loss  
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
257.7 
19.9 
— 
0.8 
(3.1) 
 
242.0 
21.3 
— 
2.9 
(5.0) 
 
256.1 
16.7 
— 
1.9 
(5.2) 
 
254.8 
23.9 
95.0 
37.2 
(4.6) 
 
1,010.6
81.8
95.0
42.8
(17.9)
Finance cost, net 
 
240.1 
19.4 
 
222.8 
19.2 
 
242.7 
20.3 
 
103.3 
19.1 
 
808.9
78.0
Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 
 
220.7 
54.3 
 
203.6 
47.7 
 
222.4 
53.3 
 
84.2 
45.4 
 
730.9
200.7
Net earnings 
$ 
166.4 
$ 
155.9 
$ 
169.1 
$ 
38.8 
$ 
530.2
Per Class B share 
Basic earnings 
$ 
0.94 
$ 
0.88 
$ 
0.95 
$ 
0.22 
$ 
2.99
Diluted earnings 
$ 
0.93 
$ 
0.88 
$ 
0.94 
$ 
0.20 
$ 
2.95
Adjusted basic earnings 
$ 
0.94 
$ 
0.90 
$ 
0.95 
$ 
0.97 
$ 
3.76
Fourth Quarter Results 
Sales for the fourth quarter of 2024 increased 9.0% to $1,812.5 million, compared to $1,662.5 million recorded in the 
2023 fourth quarter. This increase was due to organic growth of 6.8%, acquisition-related growth of 1.4%, and a positive 
impact from foreign currency translation of 0.8%. The CCL, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments recorded organic sales 
growth rates of 5.4%, 13.3% and 20.2%, respectively, while Avery posted an organic decline of 2.0%. Organic growth at 
the CCL Segment was driven by strong results in Home & Personal Care, CCL Design and CCL Secure partly offset by 
softness in Healthcare & Specialty and Food & Beverage. Avery sales declined on weak International demand more than 
offsetting growth in North America aided by foreign exchange benefits in Mexico compared to the 2023 fourth quarter. 
Checkpoint posted strong sales gains in both MAS and Apparel Labelling Solutions (“ALS”) with continued strength in 
RFID products. However, profitability declined on less favourable product mix, weak results in Latin America and foreign 
exchange challenges in Turkey in ALS with MAS results held by startup costs at the new RFID plant in Mexico. Higher 
demand in the label materials industry improved Innovia’s sales and profitability compared to the fourth quarter of 2023. 
Operating income in the fourth quarter of 2024 increased 5.1% to $267.9 million, compared to $254.8 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2023. For the fourth quarter of 2024, the CCL Segment and Innovia improved operating income 7.6% and 
103.7%, respectively, partly offset by declines for Avery and Checkpoint of 6.9% and 8.6%, respectively. Sales gains for the 
CCL Segment and Innovia drove increases in profitability offsetting slower demand for Avery and results for Checkpoint 
that were impacted by start-up costs in Mexico. 
15
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Corporate expenses were $18.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to $23.9 million recorded in the prior-year 
period. The decrease in corporate costs is principally attributable to a decrease in long-term variable compensation for 
the comparable periods. 
Adjusted EBITDA increased 7.4% to $361.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to $336.7 million for the 2023 
comparable period. Adjusted EBITDA increased due to the improvements in the CCL and Innovia segments partially offset 
by declines for Avery and Checkpoint.
Net finance cost was $19.1 million for the fourth quarters of both 2024 and 2023. 
In the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company incurred a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $95.0 million related to 
the Innovia Segment with no associated tax benefit. The negative earnings impact from this impairment loss was $0.54 
per Class B share. Further details of this impairment are outlined in Section 2E: “Innovia Segment” later in this MD&A.
For the fourth quarter of 2024, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $1.2 million ($1.0 million 
after tax) as follows:
• 	Restructuring expenses primarily related to severance charges in the CCL Segment.
The negative earnings impact of the restructuring and other items for the 2024 fourth quarter was $0.01 per Class B share. 
For the fourth quarter of 2023, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $37.2 million ($36.8 million 
after tax) as follows:
• 	Restructuring expenses primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for the closure of Innovia’s Belgium
facility.
• 	Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.3 million ($1.3 million after tax), principally for the Faubel acquisition.
The negative earnings impact of the restructuring and other items for the 2023 fourth quarter was $0.21 per Class B share. 
Tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2024 was $52.7 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 22.9% compared to 
$45.4 million and an effective tax rate of 57.0% in the prior-year period. The decline in the effective tax rate for the fourth 
quarter of 2024 can principally be attributed to a $95.0 million goodwill impairment loss recorded in the fourth quarter 
of 2023 without an associated tax benefit. 
Net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2024 were $179.8 million, compared to net earnings of $38.8 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2023 due to the items noted above. 
Basic earnings per Class B share were $1.01 in the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to $0.22 in the fourth quarter of 2023. 
Innovia’s goodwill impairment charge and associated restructuring costs for the closure of the Belgium operation reduced 
basic earnings by $0.75 per Class B share in 2023. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in the fourth quarter 
of 2024 compared to the fourth quarter of 2023 had a negative impact of $0.01 on basic earnings per Class B share. 
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share improved 5.2% to $1.02 for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to $0.97 in 
the corresponding quarter of 2023.
Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results
For the CCL Segment and Innovia, the first and second quarters are generally the strongest due to the number of workdays 
and various customer-related activities. Also, there are many products that have a spring-summer bias in North America 
and Europe such as horticultural labels, agricultural chemicals and certain beverage products, which generate additional 
sales volumes for the Company in the first half of the year. The polymer banknote business within the CCL Segment 
experiences intra-quarter variations in sales influenced by central banks’ reorder volatility. For Avery, the third quarter has 
historically been its strongest as it benefits from increased demand related to back-to-school activities in North America, 
although the impact is expected to diminish in future periods on secular declines in low-margin ring binder sales and the 
expansion of Avery’s direct-to-consumer businesses that do not have this seasonal bias. For Checkpoint, the second half 
of the calendar year is healthier as the business substantially follows the retail cycle of its customers, which traditionally 
experiences more consumer activity from September through to the end of the year and prepares for the same in its supply 
chain from mid-year on. Checkpoint’s year-over-year comparative quarterly results often include one-time large chain-
wide, customer-driven hardware installations that strengthen future reoccurring label revenues. New RFID applications are 
also developing in the food, logistics and healthcare markets. Sales in the final quarter of the year are negatively affected 
in North America by Thanksgiving and globally by the Christmas and New Year holiday season shutdowns.
16
2024 Annual Report

Sales and net earnings comparability between the quarters of 2024 and 2023 were impacted by regional economic 
variances, the impact of foreign currency changes relative to the Canadian dollar, the impact of volatile energy and 
commodity markets stemming from geopolitical issues in Europe and the Middle East, supply chain challenges, the 
timing of acquisitions, the effect of restructuring initiatives, the impact of central bank reorder patterns, the uptick in 
electronics markets, the rebound in demand in the pressure sensitive materials industry, tax adjustments and other items. 
The CCL Segment posted organic growth every quarter of 2024 compared to the same periods in 2023, principally 
driven by demand improvements for CCL Design electronics and Home & Personal Care markets. Geographically, gains 
in Latin America and China quarterly outperformed other markets. Within CCL Secure, the passport component business 
outperformed while the polymer banknote business was solid in Mexico, the U.K. and Australian sites lagged. For Avery, 
in North America the direct-to-consumer name badge, event badge, wristbands and horticultural categories improved 
comparatively, in almost every quarter, to each quarter of 2023. Back-to-school results in this legacy category exceeded 
the 2023 third quarter. Checkpoint recorded year-over-year quarterly improvements in MAS and ALS, the latter driven 
by significant gains in RFID-related products. Innovia also posted year-over-year quarterly sales gains for the final three 
quarters of 2024 influenced by increased demand in the labels materials industry. 
2.
BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW
A)
General
All divisions of the Company invest capital and management effort to develop world-class manufacturing operations, 
with spending allocated to geographic expansion, cost-reduction projects, the development of innovative products and 
processes, the maintenance and expansion of existing capacity and the continuous improvement in health and safety in the 
workplace, including environmental management. The Company also makes strategic acquisitions for global competitive 
advantage, servicing large customers, taking advantage of new geographic markets, finding adjacent and new product 
opportunities, developing new customer segments, building infrastructure and improving operating performance. Avery, 
Checkpoint and the CCL Design business within the CCL Segment are less capital intensive as a percentage of sales than 
the Company’s other businesses. Further discussion on capital spending is provided in the individual segment discussion 
sections below.
Although each segment is a leader in market share or has a significant position in the markets it serves in each of its 
operating locales, it also generally operates in a mature and competitive environment. For a number of years, consumer 
products and healthcare companies have experienced steady pressure to maintain or even reduce prices to their major 
retail and distribution channels, which has driven significant consolidation in the Company’s customer base. This has 
resulted in many customers seeking supply chain efficiencies and cost savings in order to maintain profit margins. Volatile 
commodity costs, including inflationary pressures and cooling periods can create challenges to manage pricing with 
customers. These dynamics have been an ongoing challenge for the Company and its competitors, requiring greater 
management and financial control and flexible cost structures. Unlike some of its competitors, the Company has the 
financial strength to invest in the equipment and innovation necessary to constantly strive to be the highest value-added 
producer in the markets that it serves. 
The costs of many of the key raw material inputs for the Company, such as plastic films and resins, paper, specialty 
chemicals and aluminum, are largely dependent on the supply and demand economics within the petrochemical, energy 
and base metals industries. Checkpoint purchases component parts including circuit boards, memory chips and other 
electronic modules from third parties. The significant cost fluctuations for these inputs can have an impact on the 
Company’s profitability. The Company generally has the ability, due to its size and the use of long-term relationships 
with both suppliers and customers, to mitigate volatility in purchased costs and, where necessary, to pass these on to 
the market in higher product prices. However, Innovia and parts of the CCL Segment can experience delays in price 
adjustments, up or down, to customers due to the nature of their respective relationships and contractual pricing terms. 
Innovia’s pricing mechanisms are more complex, involving multiple indices for polypropylene used by customers and 
suppliers and differing terms in customer agreements when trigger points are arrived at for price changes. The success 
of the Company is dependent on each business managing the cost-and-price equation with suppliers and customers. 
17
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
A driver across the Company for maximizing operating profitability is the discipline of pricing customer agreements based 
on size and complexity, including consideration for fluctuations in raw materials and packaging costs, manufacturing run 
lengths and available capacity. This approach facilitates effective asset utilization and relatively higher levels of profitability. 
Performance is generally measured by product against estimates used to calculate pricing, including targets for scrap 
and output efficiency. An analysis of total utilization versus capacity available per production line or facility is also used 
to manage certain divisions of the business. In most of the Company’s operations, the measurement of each sales order 
shipped is based on actual selling prices and production costs to calculate the amount of actual profit margin earned 
and its return on sales relative to the established benchmarks. This process ensures that pricing policies and production 
performance are aligned in attaining profit margin targets by order, by plant and by division.
Management believes it has both the financial and non-financial resources, internal controls and reporting systems and 
processes in place to execute its strategic plan, to manage its key performance drivers and to deliver targeted financial 
results over time. In addition, the Company’s internal audit function provides another discipline to ensure that its disclosure 
controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will be assessed on a regular basis against current 
corporate standards of effectiveness and compliance.
The Company is not particularly dependent upon specialized manufacturing equipment. Most of the technology employed 
by the production sites can be sourced from multiple suppliers. The Company, however, has the resources to invest in large-
scale projects to build infrastructure in current and new markets because of its financial strength relative to that of many of 
its competitors. Direct competitors in parts of the CCL Segment are often smaller and may not have the financial resources 
to stay current in maintaining state-of-the-art facilities. Certain new manufacturing lines take many months for suppliers to 
construct, and any delays in delivery and commissioning can have an impact on customer expectations and the Company’s 
profitability. Innovia, in addition to its unique method for producing some of its films for label and packaging applications, 
also provides the Company with the know-how and material science capability to develop proprietary substrates. Finally, 
the Company also uses strategic partnerships as a method of obtaining exclusive technology in order to support growth 
plans and to expand its product offerings. The Company’s major competitive advantage is based on its strong customer 
service, process technology, the know-how of its people, market-leading brand awareness and loyalty, and the ability to 
develop proprietary technologies and manufacturing techniques. During 2022, the Company commenced operations 
of its new proprietary “EcoFloat” shrink films manufacturing line. This hybrid polyolefin film facilitates easy separation 
from primary bottle packaging to aid customers’ bottle-to-bottle circular recycling initiatives globally. The Company is 
currently constructing a new film manufacturing plant in Germany that will produce thin-gauge sustainable film for the 
labels materials industry, and start-up is expected during the first half of 2025.
The expertise of the Company’s employees is a key element in achieving the Company’s business plans. This know-how 
is broadly distributed throughout the world; therefore, the Company is generally not at risk of losing its competency 
through the loss of any particular employee or group of employees. Employee skills develop through on-the-job training 
and external technical education, enhanced by the Company’s entrepreneurial culture of considering creative alternative 
applications and processes for its products. 
The nature of the research carried out by the CCL Segment can be characterized as application or process development. 
The Company spends meaningful resources on assisting customers to develop new and innovative products. While 
customers regularly come to CCL with concepts and request assistance to develop products, the Company also takes its 
own new ideas to the market. Proprietary information is protected by confidentiality agreements and by limiting access to 
its manufacturing facilities. The Company values the importance of protecting its customers’ brands and products from 
fraudulent use and, consequently, is selective in choosing appropriate customer and supplier relationships.
Avery has a strong commitment to understanding its ultimate end users, actively seeking product feedback and using 
consumer focus groups to drive product development initiatives. Furthermore, it leverages the wider Company’s 
technology to deliver product innovation that aligns with consumer trends for digitally imaged labels, cards, badges and 
wristbands. Avery has also invested in many direct-to-consumer businesses globally and encourages the cross-pollination 
of unique products and best practices.
Checkpoint has always been an innovator in its industry, with a strong dedication to research and development activities. 
It was a pioneer of RF electronic-article-surveillance hardware and consumables. Checkpoint has made further advances 
with the active enhancement and deployment of RFID solutions, including inventory management software, to the broad 
retail industry where apparel has been the largest adopter. New RFID applications are also developing in the food, logistics 
and healthcare markets.
Innovia maintains a world-class research and development centre specifically dedicated to the support of films for label, 
security and packaging applications. The new discoveries and product enhancements generated from this centre are 
deployed globally, sometimes benefitting downstream businesses such as CCL Secure and CCL Label. 
18
2024 Annual Report

The Company continues to invest time and capital to upgrade and expand its information technology systems and security. 
This investment is critical to keeping pace with customer requirements and gaining or maintaining a competitive edge. 
Software packages are, in general, off-the-shelf systems customized to meet the needs of individual business locations. 
The CCL Segment, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia communicate with many customers and suppliers electronically, 
particularly with regard to supply-chain-management solutions and when transferring and confirming design formats 
and colours. A core attribute of Avery’s printable media products is the customized software to enable short-run digital 
printing in businesses and homes. Avery recognizes that it is critical to develop its software solutions to maintain its 
market-leading position with consumers. Avery launched WePrint™, expanding its direct-to-consumer software solutions, 
and acquired the e-commerce platforms of 21 companies over the past ten years, to leverage acquired digital printing 
software into the pre-existing Avery suite.
Avery products are most often sold under the market-leading Avery brand, with equal prominence in German-speaking 
countries, the Zweckform brand and, within Brazil, the Adelbras brand. At Checkpoint, products are predominantly sold 
under the Checkpoint brand and, for retail merchandising products in Europe and Asia Pacific, the Meto brand. The 
Company recognizes that in order to maintain the pre-eminent positions for Avery, Zweckform, Adelbras, Checkpoint and 
Meto, it must continually invest in promoting these brands. Product quality, innovation and performance are recognized 
attributes for the success of these brands. 
CCL Industries has spent the past two years developing the Company’s science-based sustainability targets in alignment 
with best practices in the industry and the priorities of its global customers. The Company is excited to announce its 
final targets which have been approved by the Science-Based Targets initiative. These goals will guide our Company’s 
sustainability priorities for the next twenty-five years. 
CCL Industries, Inc. has committed to:
• Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 50% by 2030 from a 2022 base year
• Engage 85% of suppliers by spend to set science-based sustainability targets by 2030
• Reach net-zero greenhouse gas emissions across the value chain by 2050
• 	Reduce absolute greenhouse gas emissions from Scope 1, Scope 2 and select Scope 3 categories 90% by 2050 from
a 2022 base year
You can read more in the Company’s Sustainability Report for 2023. The 2024 report will be published during the first 
half of 2025.
Business Segment Results
2024  
2023
Segment sales
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
 
$ 
 
 
 
4,502.6 
1,049.1 
986.9 
706.4 
$ 
 
4,104.7
1,039.9
875.2
629.8
Total sales 
$ 
7,245.0 
$ 
6,649.6
Operating income*
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia  
 
$ 
 
 
 
713.7 
211.5 
150.9 
66.2 
$ 
633.5
199.5
132.0
45.6
Operating income 
 
$ 
1,142.3 
$ 
1,010.6
* This is a non-IFRS measure. Refer to “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.
Comments on Business Segments 
The above summary includes the results of acquisitions on reported sales and operating income from the date of 
acquisition.
19
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
B)
CCL Segment 
There are five customer sectors inside the CCL Segment. The Company trades in three of them as CCL Label (with 
Label substituted, as relevant, for Tube and Container product lines) and one each as CCL Design and CCL Secure. The 
differentiated CCL sub-branding points to the nature of the application for the final product. The sectors have many 
common or overlapping customers, process technologies, information technology systems, raw material suppliers and 
operational infrastructures. CCL Label supplies innovative specialized label, plastic tube, aluminum aerosol and specialty 
bottle solutions to Home & Personal Care and Food & Beverage companies. It also supplies regulated and complex 
multi-layer labels and specialty folding cartons for major pharmaceutical, consumer medicine, medical instrument and 
industrial or consumer chemical customers referred to as the Healthcare & Specialty business. CCL Design supplies long-
life, high-performance labels and complex engineered parts to automotive, electronics and durable goods companies. 
CCL Secure supplies polymer banknote substrate, pressure sensitive stamps, passport components, ID cards and other 
security documents to government institutions. 
The Segment’s product lines include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, stretch sleeves, in-mould labels, precision 
printed and die cut metal, glass and plastic components, expanded content labels, pharmaceutical instructional leaflets, 
specialty folded cartons, graphic security features, extruded or labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols or specialty 
bottles and printed polymer security film substrates. It currently operates 157 production facilities, located in Canada, the 
United States (including Puerto Rico), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, France, Germany, 
Hungary, Ireland, India, Indonesia, Israel, Italy, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Oman, Pakistan, 
Philippines, Poland, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab 
Emirates, the United Kingdom and Vietnam. Four of these plants are connected to the equity investments in CCL-Kontur 
which are included in the above locations.
This segment’s industry is made up of a very large number of competitors that manufacture a vast array of decorative, 
product information, identification and security label-type applications. The Company believes that CCL is one of the 
largest consolidated operators in most of its defined global market sectors. Competition often comes from single-plant 
businesses, invariably owned by private operators who compete with the Segment in local markets. There are also a 
number of multi-plant competitors in certain regions of the world and a handful of specialists in a single market segment 
globally. However, there are few major competitors with the product breadth, global reach and scale of the CCL Segment. 
The Company has completed numerous label business acquisitions, strategic joint ventures and greenfield start-ups 
geographically and added new product offerings to position CCL Label as a global leader in the Home & Personal Care, 
Food & Beverage and Healthcare & Specialty end markets. CCL Design is an equally significant financial and geographic 
market for the CCL Segment, principally focused on the automotive, electronics and durable goods markets. The high-
security, specialized polymer banknote, passport, postage stamp and government document printing operations form 
an integral part of CCL Secure. 
CCL produces labels predominantly from polyolefin films and paper partly sourced from extruding, coating and laminating 
companies, using raw materials primarily from the petrochemical and paper industries. CCL also coats and laminates 
pressure sensitive materials in house and is generally able to mitigate the cost volatility of third-party-sourced materials 
due to a combination of purchasing leverage, agreements with suppliers and its ability to pass on these cost increases to 
customers. In the label industry, price changes regularly occur as specifications are constantly changed by marketers and, 
as a result, the selling prices of these labels are updated, reflecting current market costs and new shapes and designs. 
CCL’s global customers expect a full range of product offerings in more geographic regions, further integration into their 
supply chain at a global level and protection of their brands, particularly in markets where counterfeiting is rife. These 
requirements put many of the Segment’s competitors at a disadvantage, as do the investment hurdles for infrastructure, 
converting equipment and technologies to deliver products, services and innovations. Having trusted and reliable 
suppliers is an important consideration for global consumer product companies, major pharmaceutical companies, OEMs 
in the durable goods business and, of course, central banks. This is even more important in an uncertain economic 
environment when many smaller competitors may encounter difficulties and customers want to ensure their suppliers 
are financially viable.
CCL considers customers’ demand levels, particularly in North America and Western Europe, to be reasonably mature 
and, as such, will continue to focus its expansion plans on innovative and higher growth and value-added product lines 
within those geographies, with a view to improving overall profitability. In Asia, Latin America and other emerging markets, 
a higher level of economic growth is still expected over the coming years, despite the slower conditions experienced in 
the past few years. This should provide opportunities for the Segment to improve market share and increase profitability 
in these regions. Furthermore, there is close alignment of label demand to consumer staples, with the exception of 
CCL Design and CCL Secure, which are completely aligned to the automotive, electronics and durable goods industries, 
20
2024 Annual Report

and to government institutions and central banks, respectively. Management believes the Segment will attain the sales 
volumes, geographic distribution and reach mirroring those of its customers over the next few years through its focused 
strategy and by capitalizing on following customer trends. 
CCL Segment Financial Performance
2024 
% Growth  
2023
Sales 
 
$ 
4,502.6 
9.7% 
$ 
4,104.7
Operating income
 
$ 
713.7 
12.7% 
$ 
633.5
Return on sales
15.9% 
15.4%
Sales in the CCL Segment for 2024 increased 9.7% to $4,502.6 million, compared to $4,104.7 million in 2023, due to 
organic growth of 5.6%, acquisition-related growth of 3.5% and 0.6% positive impact from foreign currency translation.
Sales in 2024 for North America were up low single digit, excluding the impact of currency translation and acquisitions, 
compared to 2023. Home & Personal Care sales and profitability increased on strong demand for aluminum containers 
and labels only partly offset by a decline in profitability for tubes. Healthcare & Specialty results were mixed, with modestly 
improved AgChem results, especially in the consumer lawn and garden space, more than offset by slower demand in 
Healthcare. Food & Beverage results declined in soft end markets. CCL Design North America sales and profitability 
improved on gains in automotive and electronics markets. CCL Secure sales and profitability increased dramatically on 
robust demand for passport components. Overall profitability and return on sales declined compared to 2023.
European sales increased low single digit for 2024, excluding currency translation and acquisitions, compared to 2023. 
Home & Personal Care recorded modest organic sales growth but significant profitability improvement driven by improved 
demand and productivity gains compared to a weak prior period. Healthcare & Specialty sales and profitability gains 
were entirely attributable to the acquisition of Faubel in the third quarter of 2023 and significantly improved results for 
AgChem operations. Food & Beverage results were mixed with improvements in pressure sensitive applications partly 
offset by reduced results for Sleeves and start-up losses at new operations in Italy and Spain. CCL Design improved on 
profitability gains in automotive markets as well as increased demand in European electronics markets. CCL Secure sales 
and profitability declined on slow demand and poor sales mix. Overall European sales and profitability improved largely 
due to the favourable impact of acquisitions and foreign exchange translation.
2024 sales in Latin America, excluding currency translation, improved almost double digits compared to 2023. Strong 
profitability improvements in all lines of business in Mexico outpaced organic sales growth, including a slight devaluation of 
the peso. In Brazil, sales and profitability improved significantly, with considerable gains in pressure sensitive applications 
offsetting a slight decline for Sleeves. Underlying sales and profitability improvements in Argentina were offset by the 
impact of currency devaluation. Chile recorded a profit in 2024 compared to a loss in the prior year. Operating income 
and return on sales improved compared to 2023.
Asia Pacific 2024 sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, were up double digits compared to 2023. Sales in 
China increased mid-single digit but profitability increased significantly, driven by significant sales and profitability gains 
at CCL Design Electronics and improvements at CCL Label more than offsetting soft automotive results. Results in ASEAN 
countries were also strong overall with especially robust profitability gains in Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand driven by 
stronger electronics markets, new customer wins and favourable sales mix, respectively. In Australia, sales and profitability 
improved on solid demand for labels and improvements at CCL Secure. Sales and profitability improved dramatically in 
South Africa. For the Asia Pacific region, operating income and return on sales improved significantly.
Sales and profitability exceeded expectations for the Middle East subsequent to the acquisition and consolidation of 
Pacman in early June 2024.
Operating income for the CCL Segment increased by 12.7% to $713.7 million for 2024 compared to $633.5 million for 2023, 
principally due to the strong results in Asia Pacific and Latin America. Foreign currency translation also had a positive effect 
of 0.2% on 2024 operating income compared to 2023. Operating income as a percentage of sales improved to 15.9% for 
2024 compared to 15.4% for 2023.
The CCL Segment invested $323.7 million in capital spending in 2024 compared to $324.7 million last year. The major 
expenditures were for equipment installations and new plants to support capacity additions globally. Depreciation and 
amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, for the CCL Segment was $264.5 million in 2024, compared 
to $236.5 million in 2023.
21
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
C)
Avery
Avery is one of the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run 
digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary products sold through distributors and mass-market 
retailers and pressure sensitive tapes in Brazil. The products are split into five primary lines: (1) Printable Media (“PMG”): 
including address labels, product identification labels and name badges/cards supported by customized software solutions 
where applicable; (2) Organization Products (“OPG”): including binders, indexes, sheet protectors, and writing instruments; 
(3) Direct-to-Consumer: digitally imaged labels, name & event badges, RFID enabled key cards & wristbands, planners
and kids-oriented identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs; (4) Pressure Sensitive Tapes; 
and (5) Horticultural labels & tags. Products in the Printable Media and Direct-to-Consumer categories are predominantly
used by businesses and individual consumers consistently throughout the year; however, in Organization Products, North 
American demand typically surges for the back-to-school season during the third quarter. Horticultural labels & tags are
seasonally stronger in the first and fourth quarters.
Avery operates 25 manufacturing and three distribution facilities. Sales for Avery are principally generated in North 
America, Europe, Latin America and Australia, with a market-leading position. Many products are sold under the market-
leading Avery brand and, with equal prominence in German-speaking countries, under the Zweckform brand name that is 
better known by consumers in that part of Europe. Avery bolstered its presence in Latin America in 2022 with the Adelbras 
acquisition in Brazil with its well established in-market brand under the same name. Avery also has a well-known assembly 
of direct-to-consumer and direct-to-business brands supported by unique URLs. 
pc/nametag 
Mabel’s Labels 
goedgemerkt 
badgepoint 
Imprint Plus 
Easy2Name 
Colle à Moi 
Stuck on You 
IDentilam 
I.D.&C.
InTouch	
Plum Paper
MasterTag	
RFID Hotel
Floramedia	
Oomph Made
		 Threshold
Avery reaches some of its consumers and end users at small businesses through distribution channels including mass-
market merchandisers, office superstores, wholesalers, contract stationers, mail order and e-commerce retailers. Merger 
activity and store closures in some of these distribution channels can lead to short-term volume declines as customer 
inventory positions are consolidated. Avery is the leading brand in its core markets, with the principal competition being 
lower-priced private label products. Secular decline in Organization Products and core mailing address labels has been 
partly offset by innovations such as shipping and product identification labels and Avery’s proprietary direct-to-consumer 
e-commerce label design software platform WePrint™. Furthermore, with 21 acquisitions since 2014, Avery expanded its
digital printing franchises to custom roll labels, the digital graphic arts sector, the meetings and events planning industry,
personalized identification labels for kids, event badges, personalized planners, RFID-enabled keycards & wristbands
and horticultural labels & tags. Future growth rates in all these new businesses are expected to outpace Avery’s legacy
product lines. It is also the Company’s expectation that Avery will continue to open up new revenue streams in short-run
digital printing applications.
Avery Financial Performance
2024 
% Growth  
2023
Sales
 
$ 
1,049.1 
0.9% 
$ 
1,039.9
Operating income 
 
$ 
211.5 
6.0% 
$ 
199.5
Return on sales 
20.2% 
19.2%
Avery sales for 2024 were $1,049.1 million, a 0.9% improvement compared to the $1,039.9 million posted in 2023. The 
increase was due to 0.7% acquisition-related growth and 0.8% positive impact from foreign currency translation compared 
to 2023, partially offset by a 0.6% organic decline.
North American sales declined low-single digit for 2024, excluding currency translation and acquisitions, compared to 
2023. Sales in OPG product lines declined however profitability improved principally on strong back-to-school mix, while 
in PMG product lines, results increased on pricing, foreign exchange benefits in Mexico and cost saving initiatives. Sales 
and profitability gains in Direct-to-Consumer business lines were driven by badges and gains in roll labels compared 
to 2023. Profitability in the Horticultural business improved significantly on a continued rebound in home and garden 
markets. Overall profitability and return on sales increased for 2024 compared to 2023.
22
2024 Annual Report

International sales, largely generated from products in the PMG, Pressure Sensitive Tapes, Horticultural and Direct-to-
Consumer categories, represent approximately 35% of the Avery Segment for 2024. Sales, excluding acquisitions and 
currency translation, were down slightly with solid organic growth in the European Direct-to-Consumer and Horticultural 
categories partly offset by organic declines in legacy PMG operations. Latin American results declined slightly, largely on 
a reclass of part of the Pressure Sensitive Tapes business in Brazil into CCL Design. Results in Australia declined in 2024 
compared to 2023 on reduced consumer spending in legacy product categories and operational challenges in Direct-to-
Consumer kids labels. 
Operating income increased 6.0% to $211.5 million for 2024 compared to $199.5 million in 2023. Return on sales was 20.2% 
for 2024, an improvement compared to 19.2% for 2023, largely due to the impact of recent acquisitions.
Avery invested $25.5 million in capital spending for 2024, compared to $13.1 million for 2023. 2024 expenditures were 
for infrastructure improvements throughout the Avery product categories principally in North America and Europe. 
Depreciation and amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, was $30.0 million for 2024 compared to 
$32.6 million for 2023. 
D)
Checkpoint
Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including RF and RFID solutions, to the broad retail and apparel industries globally. There are three primary product 
lines: MAS, ALS and Meto. The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems, including hardware, 
software, labels and tags for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are 
apparel labels and tags, some of which are RFID capable. Meto is a small, separately branded Europe-centric product line, 
including hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays. All MAS and ALS products are sold under 
the Checkpoint brand.
Checkpoint is supported by 23 manufacturing facilities, seven distribution facilities and three product and software 
development centres globally. Checkpoint is headquartered in the United States but uses its worldwide footprint to 
generate sales internationally. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers or apparel manufacturers and competes with other 
global retail labeling companies.
Checkpoint’s market-leading position, strong brand recognition and product development pipeline should still drive 
modest growth despite the move to an omni-channel retail landscape. Large contracts with retailers for hardware and 
software can create significant quarter-to-quarter and, in some cases, year-to-year revenue volatility. However, Checkpoint’s 
comprehensive solution of hardware and software also creates an important high-margin recurring revenue stream for 
related consumables. The Company is also confident that Checkpoint can capture its share of the fast-growing RFID 
market as retailers move increasingly to omni-channel distribution from a single inventory position. New RFID applications 
are also developing in the food, logistics and healthcare markets.
Checkpoint Financial Performance
2024 
% Growth  
2023
Sales
 
$ 
986.9 
12.8% 
$ 
875.2
Operating income
 
$ 
150.9 
14.3% 
$ 
132.0
Return on sales 
15.3% 
15.1%
Checkpoint sales were $986.9 million for 2024, a 12.8% increase compared to $875.2 million for 2023, driven by 13.6% 
organic growth partially offset by 0.8% negative impact from foreign currency translation. 
MAS sales improved in all regions compared to a solid 2023, with profitability gains principally in Europe and Asia, slightly 
offset by a modest reduction in North America and inclusive of start-up losses for the new Mexican RFID in-lay facility that 
commenced operations at the end of the second quarter. This facility is expected to ramp up in 2025 as it adds incremental 
manufacturing capacity to support RFID-related sales beyond the apparel industry. Customers continued to reinvest in EAS 
products in a retail industry that continues to be impacted by rising shrink losses. Restructuring and facility rationalization 
initiatives from recent years also yielded profitability improvement in 2024. ALS organic growth was almost 30% on market 
share gains in traditional product categories along with continued robust demand for RFID-related products compared to 
a solid 2023. Profitability also increased significantly compared to the prior year on the back of the strong volume gains. 
The smaller Meto business recorded improved results for 2024 compared to 2023. 
Operating income for 2024 was $150.9 million, an increase of 14.3% compared to $132.0 million in 2023. Return on sales 
was 15.3% for 2024, compared to 15.1% for 2023. 
23
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Checkpoint invested $64.6 million in capital spending for 2024, compared to $43.3 million for 2023. The majority of 
expenditures in 2024 were in the Asia Pacific and Latin American regions to enhance capacity in ALS manufacturing 
facilities and RFID. Depreciation and amortization, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, was $38.7 million for 
2024, compared to $36.2 million for 2023. 
E)
Innovia
Innovia operations acquired in 2017, Treofan acquired in 2018, Flexpol acquired in 2020 and two small legacy film 
manufacturing facilities transferred from the CCL Segment make up this business. Innovia’s global footprint for the 
manufacture of specialty high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered films includes major facilities located in each 
of Australia, Germany, Mexico, Poland and the United Kingdom. These films are sold to customers in the pressure sensitive 
materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide, with a small percentage of the total 
volume consumed internally by CCL Secure and CCL Label within the CCL Segment. In addition, two smaller legacy 
facilities, one located in Germany and one in the United States, produce almost their entire output for the CCL Segment’s 
Food & Beverage and Home & Personal Care businesses, respectively. 
Polypropylene resin is the most significant input cost for this Segment, derived from oil or natural gas and manufactured 
globally by a limited number of producers. Polypropylene costs depend on the prices of natural gas, oil and the availability 
of resin cracking capacity. Innovia does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to the volatility of 
polypropylene prices; therefore, many of its large customer price agreements adjust for movements up and down in resin 
cost. Polypropylene costs were relatively stable throughout 2024.
Film innovation remains a strategic focus for the Segment, investing resources in its industry-leading research and 
development people and laboratory in the United Kingdom. This commitment has resulted in the development of 
unique process technology, highly differentiated specialty films and innovative surface coating technology, keeping film 
innovation at the forefront for the Segment. To meet the packaging world’s required environmental and sustainability 
initiatives, Innovia commenced operations of its new “EcoFloat” investment in Poland mid-year 2022. This hybrid polyolefin 
shrink film facilitates easy separation from the primary packaging to accommodate customers’ bottle-to-bottle circular 
recycling initiatives globally. The majority of the film produced by this production line will be used by the CCL Segment’s 
Food & Beverage business. Also in 2022, Innovia announced a significant investment in new films manufacturing capacity 
in Germany. This new multi-layer co-extrusion film line will produce highly engineered thin-gauge pressure sensitive label 
film to support growing sustainability-driven lower resin content materials. Construction of this new facility started in 
2023, with the commencement of commercial operations slated for the first half of 2025. 
In the fourth quarter of 2023, due to the prolonged label materials industry destocking crisis that reduced demand for 
Innovia films post pandemic and the closure of the Belgian operation, the Company recorded a $95.0 million non-cash 
goodwill impairment loss. The Belgium-based bubble extrusion operation was shuttered mid-2024, production was shifted 
to the U.K. and Australia, with a new more efficient operating footprint for Innovia. 
Innovia Financial Performance
2024 
% Growth  
2023
Sales
 
$ 
706.4 
12.2% 
$ 
629.8
Operating income
 
$ 
66.2 
45.2% 
$ 
45.6
Return on sales 
9.4% 
7.2%
Innovia sales for 2024 increased 12.2% to $706.4 million, compared to $629.8 million in 2023, due to a 9.7% organic growth 
and 2.5% positive impact from foreign currency translation. The sales growth was primarily driven by demand recovery 
in the label materials industry globally, volume gains for the new EcoFloat film manufactured in Poland and market 
share wins in North America offsetting the reduction in volume associated with the closure of the Belgium operation. 
Films sold internally for CCL Secure and CCL Label operations were solid. With the volume gains and new lower cost 
operational footprint, operating income increased 45.2% to $66.2 million compared to $45.6 million for 2023. Return on 
sales improved to 9.4% for 2024 compared to 7.2% for 2023. 
Innovia invested $48.2 million in capital spending for 2024 compared to $80.5 million in 2023. Capital additions were largely 
for the new film extrusion and top coating capabilities in Europe and Mexico, respectively. Depreciation and amortization 
for Innovia, excluding amortization on right-of-use assets, was $44.9 million for 2024, compared to $46.6 million for 2023.
24
2024 Annual Report

F) 
Joint Ventures
For the years ended December 31
 
2024 
2023  
+/-
Sales (at 100%) 
CCL Label joint ventures 
$ 
141.7 
$ 
191.7 
(26.1%)
Earnings in equity-accounted investments (at 100%)
CCL Label joint ventures 
$ 
37.8 
$ 
35.9 
5.3%
Earnings in equity-accounted investments (at 50%) 
$ 
18.9 
$ 
17.9 
5.6%
Results from the joint ventures, including CCL-Kontur, Russia, and, up until the date of its acquisition by the Company in 
June 2024, Pacman-CCL, Middle East, are not proportionately consolidated into a Segment but instead are accounted 
for as equity investments. The Company’s share of the joint ventures’ net earnings is disclosed in “Earnings in Equity-
Accounted Investments” in the consolidated income statements. CCL-Kontur posted a strong year albeit with a slight 
decline in revenue and profitability compared to a robust prior year. Pacman-CCL profitability for the period prior to 
acquisition exceeded the 2023 full-year results. Earnings in equity-accounted investments amounted to $18.9 million for 
2024, compared to $17.9 million for 2023. 
3.
FINANCING AND RISK MANAGEMENT
A) Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company’s leverage ratio is as follows:
For the years ended December 31
2024  
2023
Current debt 
Current lease liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Long-term lease liabilities 
 
$ 
 
 
 
4.2 
47.2 
2,232.5 
163.7 
$ 
 
6.9
45.0
2,067.8
162.7
Total debt(1) 
Cash and cash equivalents  
 
 
2,447.6 
(828.7) 
 
2,282.4
(774.2)
Net debt(1) 
Adjusted EBITDA 
$ 
 
$ 
1,618.9 
1,497.1 
$ 
$ 
1,508.2
1,332.1
Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA(1) 
 
1.08 
1.13
(1)
Total debt, net debt and net debt to Adjusted EBITDA are non-IFRS measures; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.
The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2024, was primarily comprised of the 144A 3.05% private notes due 
June 2030 in the principal amount of US$600.0 million ($858.1 million), 144A 3.25% private notes due October 2026 in 
the principal amount of US$500.0 million ($717.6 million), the $300.0 million principal amount 3.864% Series 1 Notes due 
April 2028, and borrowings of $347.8 million on the Company’s syndicated revolving credit facility. Outstanding contingent 
letters of credit totaled $1.1 million; accordingly, there was approximately US$956.7 million of unused availability on the 
revolving credit facility at December 31, 2024.
The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2023, was primarily comprised of the 144A 3.05% private notes due 
June 2030 in the principal amount of US$600.0 million ($788.7 million), 144A 3.25% private notes due October 2026 in 
the principal amount of US$500.0 million ($659.6 million), the $300.0 million principal amount 3.864% Series 1 Notes due 
April 2028, and borrowings of $307.0 million on the Company’s syndicated revolving credit facility. Outstanding contingent 
letters of credit totaled $1.1 million; accordingly, there was approximately US$966.1 million of unused availability on the 
revolving credit facility at December 31, 2023. 
Net debt was $1,618.9 million at December 31, 2024, $110.7 million higher than the net debt of $1,508.2 million at 
December 31, 2023. Net debt increased due to net repayments of long-term debt of $23.6 million, inclusive of lease 
obligation repayments, more than offset by the impact of foreign currency translation. 
25
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA decreased to 1.08 times as at December 31, 2024, compared to 1.13 times at the end of 2023, 
due to an increase in net debt more than offset by an increase in Adjusted EBITDA. The measure will continue to strengthen 
as the Company strategically deploys its free cash flow for business acquisitions and capital expenditures, offset by any 
future purchase of shares under its normal course issuer bid. 
The Company’s overall average finance rate was 2.6% as at December 31, 2024, compared to 2.8% at December 31, 2023, 
reflecting an increase in borrowing on the Company’s syndicated revolving credit facility, which had lower short-term 
variable interest rates at the end of 2024 compared to 2023.
Interest coverage (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 
14.2 times and 11.9 times in 2024 and 2023, respectively, indicative of lower net finance costs and increased operating 
income.
The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet 
liabilities when they are due. The Company believes its liquidity will be satisfactory for the foreseeable future due to its 
significant cash balances, its expected positive operating cash flow and the availability of its unused revolving credit 
line. The Company anticipates funding all of its future commitments from the above sources but may raise further funds 
by entering into new debt financing arrangements or issuing further equity to satisfy its future additional obligations or 
investment opportunities. 
B)
Cash Flow 
Summary of Cash Flows
2024  
2023
Cash provided by operating activities 
$ 
1,063.9 
$ 
1,003.3
Cash used for financing activities 
 
(424.3) 
(295.2)
Cash used for investing activities 
 
(600.3) 
(768.0)
Effect of exchange rates on cash 
 
15.2 
(5.4)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
$ 
54.5 
$ 
(65.3)
Cash and cash equivalents – end of year 
$ 
828.7 
$ 
774.2
In 2024, cash provided by operating activities was $1,063.9 million, compared to $1,003.3 million in 2023. Free cash 
flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 
$606.5 million for 2024, compared to $559.6 million in the prior year. Driving the change in these metrics for 2024 was 
an increase in adjusted net earnings partially offset by increased working capital compared to 2023.
The Company maintains a rigorous focus on its investment in non-cash working capital. Days of working capital employed 
(a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) increased to 37 days at 
December 31, 2024, compared to 30 days December 31, 2023, due to working capital increases primarily at Innovia and 
CCL Home & Personal Care.
Cash used for financing activities in 2024 was $424.3 million, consisting of net repayments of long-term debt and lease 
obligations of $23.6 million, dividend payments of $206.4 million and repurchase of Class B non-voting shares pursuant 
to normal course issuer bids totaling $200.6 million, partly offset by proceeds from the issuance of shares of $6.3 million 
due to the exercise of stock options. 
Cash used for investing activities in 2024 of $600.3 million was primarily for the $142.9 million acquisition of Pacman and 
net capital expenditures of $457.4 million. 
After the above-noted items and the $15.2 million positive effect of foreign currency rates, cash and cash equivalents 
increased by $54.5 million in 2024 to $828.7 million.
Capital spending in 2024 amounted to $462.0 million and proceeds from capital dispositions were $4.6 million, resulting 
in net capital expenditures of $457.4 million, compared to $443.7 million in 2023. Capital expenditures in 2024 were for 
capacity additions in the year plus expected growth initiatives for 2025 and beyond. Depreciation and amortization in 2024 
amounted to $378.6 million, compared to $352.6 million in 2023, excluding right-of-use asset amortization.
The Company is continuing to seek investment opportunities to expand its business geographically, add capacity in its 
facilities and improve its competitiveness. As in previous years, capital spending will be monitored closely and adjusted 
based on the level of cash flow generated.
26
2024 Annual Report

C) Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and Other Hedges
The Company periodically uses derivative financial instruments to hedge interest and foreign exchange rates. The 
Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
As the Company operates internationally with 2.0% of its 2024 sales to end-use customers denominated in Canadian 
dollars, it has significant market risk exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. Each subsidiary’s sales and expenses 
are primarily denominated in its local currency, minimizing the foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 
The Company also has exposure to market risks related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the 
Company maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.
The Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to allocate notional debt between fixed and floating rates. 
The Company believes that a balance of fixed and floating rate debt can reduce overall interest expense and is in line with 
its investment in short-term assets such as working capital and long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment. 
The Company uses cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSA”) as a means to convert U.S. dollar debt into 
euro debt to hedge a portion of its euro-based investment and cash flows.
As at December 31, 2024, the Company utilized CCIRSAs to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows, effectively 
converting notional US$264.7 million 3.25% fixed rate debt into 1.23% fixed rate euro debt, US$111.5 million 3.25% fixed 
rate debt into 1.16% fixed rate euro debt, US$204.6 million 3.05% fixed rate debt into 2.06% fixed rate euro debt and 
US$203.9 million 3.05% fixed rate debt into 2.00% fixed rate euro debt. The effect of the CCIRSAs has been to decrease 
finance cost by $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2023 – $16.6 million). 
The Company has potential credit risks arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet its 
obligations. The Company’s counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2024, the Company had $62.8 million 
potential exposure to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments. 
As at December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately US$1.1 billion and €211.5 million drawn under the 144A private 
bonds and syndicated revolving credit facility, which are hedging a portion of its U.S. dollar-based and euro-based 
investments and cash flows, inclusive of U.S. dollar debt swapped to euros. 
D)
Equity and Dividends
Summary of Changes in Equity
For the years ended December 31
2024 
 2023
Net earnings  
Dividends 
Settlement of exercised stock options  
Contributed surplus on expensing of stock options and stock-based compensation plans 
Defined benefit plan actuarial loss net of tax  
Repurchase of shares 
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
$ 
 
 
843.1 
(206.4) 
7.6 
32.4 
(6.9) 
(203.2) 
190.9 
$ 
530.2
(188.2)
34.5
43.8
(11.2)
(5.1)
(46.0)
Increase in equity 
$ 
657.5 
$ 
358.0
Equity 
Shares issued at December 31 – Class A (000s) 
– Class B (000s)
 
$ 
5,280.7 
11,746 
 
165,064 
$ 
 
 
4,623.2
11,748 
166,048
In 2024, the Company declared dividends of $206.4 million, compared to $188.2 million declared in the prior year. As 
previously discussed, the dividend payout ratio in 2024 was 27% (2023 – 28%) of adjusted earnings. After careful review 
of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2024, the Board declared a 10.3% increase in the annual 
dividend: an increase of $0.03 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.29 to $0.32 per Class B share per quarter ($1.28 per 
Class B share annualized).
If cash flow periodically exceeds attractive acquisition opportunities available, the Company may also repurchase its 
shares, provided that the repurchase is accretive to earnings per share and it will not materially increase financial leverage 
beyond targeted levels. 
27
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
In May 2024, the Company renewed its share repurchase program under a normal course issuer bid to purchase up to 
14.75 million Class B non-voting shares, approximately 9.93% of the public float of the Class B non-voting shares of the 
Company. During 2024, the Company spent $200.6 million for the purchase of 2,628,909 Class B shares for cancellation. 
The excess of the purchase price over the paid-up capital was charged to retained earnings.  
E) 
Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations
The Company’s obligations relating to debt, leases and other liabilities at the end of 2024 were as follows:
December 31, 2023 
December 31, 2024
Payments Due by Period
Carrying 
Amount
Carrying 
Amount
Contractual 
Cash Flows
0–6 
Months
6–12 
Months
1–2 
Years
2–5 
Years
More than 
5 Years
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank 
 loans 
Unsecured 144A 
3.25% private notes 
Unsecured 144A 
3.05% private notes 
Unsecured 3.864% 
Series 1 Notes 
Unsecured syndicated 
bank credit facility 
Other long-term obligations 
Interest on unsecured 
bank credit facilities 
Interest on 144A 
3.25% private notes 
Interest on 144A 
3.05% private notes 
Interest on unsecured 
3.864% Series 1 Notes 
Interest on other 
 long-term debt 
Trade and other 
  payables 
Accrued post-employment 
 benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
$ 
0.1 
7.0 
659.6 
788.7 
299.1 
307.0 
13.2 
* 
* 
*
* 
* 
 1,329.5 
*
207.7 
$ 
0.1 
3.6 
717.6 
858.1 
299.3 
347.8 
10.2 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
 1,416.9 
*
210.9 
 
$ 
0.1 
3.6 
 
719.2 
 
863.0 
 
300.0 
 
348.9 
10.2 
31.9* 
40.9* 
142.6*
38.1*
1.3 
 1,416.9* 
289.0*
246.0
$ 
— 
1.0 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
2.2 
 
7.2 
 
5.9 
11.0 
 
3.3 
 
0.1 
 
 1,416.9 
2.7 
 
25.6 
 
$ 
0.1 
0.9 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
 7.4 
 
 11.7 
13.1 
 
5.8 
 
— 
 
— 
2.7 
 
24.9 
 
$ 
— 
1.4 
 
719.2 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
 14.9 
 
 23.3 
 
26.3 
 
 11.6 
 
— 
 
— 
35.8 
 
42.0 
 
$ 
— 
0.3 
— 
— 
300.0 
348.9 
8.0 
2.4 
— 
79.0 
17.4 
1.2 
— 
91.8 
73.0 
$ 
—
—
—
 
863.0
—
—
—
—
—
13.2
—
—
—
 
156.0
80.5
Total contractual 
cash obligations 
$ 3,611.9 
$ 3,864.5 
$ 4,451.7 
$ 1,475.9 
$ 
66.6 
$  874.5 
$ 922.0 $ 1,112.7
*  Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $20.0 million, accrued interest of $10.9 million on unsecured notes,
unsecured bonds and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $2.4 million on derivatives are reported in trade and other payables 
in 2024 (2023: $17.2 million, $10.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively).
28
2024 Annual Report

Pension Obligations 
The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans in countries that give rise to accrued post-employment benefit 
obligations. The accrued benefit obligation for these plans at the end of 2024 was $616.4 million (2023 – $591.6 million), 
the fair value of the plan assets was $310.1 million (2023 – $311.8 million) and an irrevocable surplus due to an asset 
ceiling was $0.5 million (2023 – $1.4 million), for a net deficit of $306.8 million (2023 – $281.2 million). Contributions 
to defined benefit plans during 2024 were $20.5 million (2023 – $16.9 million). The Company expects to contribute 
$75.8 million to pension plans in 2025, inclusive of defined contribution plans. These estimated funding requirements will 
be adjusted annually, based on various market factors such as interest rates, expected returns and staffing assumptions, 
including compensation and mortality. The Company’s contributions are funded through cash flows generated from 
operations. Management anticipates that future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund expected future 
contributions. Details of the Company’s pension plans and related obligations are set out in note 20, “Employee Benefits,” 
of the Company’s 2024 annual consolidated financial statements.
Other Obligations and Commitments
The Company has posted surety bonds through accredited insurance companies globally totaling $26.0 million (2023 
– $56.7 million). The nature of these commitments is described in note 26 of the Company’s 2024 annual consolidated
financial statements. There are no defined benefit plans funded with the Company’s stock.
F)	
Controls and Procedures 
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is 
gathered and reported to senior management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Senior 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding 
public disclosure. The Company’s Disclosure Committee reviews all external reports and documents before publication 
to enhance disclosure controls and procedures.
As at December 31, 2024, based on the continued evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, the CEO and the 
CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109, 
Certificate of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), are effective to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed in reports and documents that the Company files or submits under Canadian securities legislation is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified.
Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Management is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. NI 52-109 requires CEOs 
and CFOs to certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for 
the issuer, that internal control has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, that the internal control over financial 
reporting is effective, and that the issuer has disclosed any changes in its internal control during its most recent interim 
period that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting.
Based on the evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting, the CEO and the CFO concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
at December 31, 2024.
There were no material changes in internal control over financial reporting in the financial year ended December 31, 2024. 
29
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
4.
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The Company is subject to the usual commercial risks and uncertainties from operating as a Canadian public company 
and as a supplier of goods and services to the non-durable consumer packaging and consumer durables industries on a 
global basis. A number of these potential risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company are, in no particular order, as follows:
The Conflict between Ukraine and Russia
Late in February of 2022 the conflict between Ukraine and Russia commenced and to the extent it continues or escalates 
it may impact other risks disclosed in this document and further impact the Company’s financial results. 
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, a de minimis percentage of the Company’s sales were derived directly 
from customers based in Russia and Ukraine. However, the Company has a 50% equity interest in a U.K. holding company 
that owns 100% of CCL Kontur, which operates four label plants, headquartered in Podolsk, Russia. The Company’s 50% 
equity partner in this joint venture has management control of the Russian operations. The Company suspended all 
future financial support by way of equity injection or additional debt financing to this joint venture while fully complying 
with all government-imposed trade sanctions. The Company’s financial exposure in this joint venture is approximately 
$63.0 million as at December 31, 2024. It is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate consequences of the conflict in 
Ukraine and the impact on the carrying value of the Company’s investment in this joint venture. The Company will monitor 
the factors influencing the carrying value of its investment and, if appropriate, may incur impairment charges. The conflict 
in Ukraine may escalate and/or expand in scope with broader consequences, including further sanctions, embargoes, 
regional instability, cyber events and geopolitical shifts; potential retaliatory action by the Russian government against 
the Company and the Company’s joint venture or its customers, such as nationalization of foreign businesses in Russia; 
and increased tensions between the western world and countries in which the Company operates, none of which can 
be predicted. The Company also cannot predict the conflict’s impact on the global economy and on its business and 
financial statements.
Raw Materials, Component Parts, Inflation and Tariffs
Although the Company is a large customer to certain key suppliers, it is also an inconsequential buyer of some materials 
and components such as computer chips. The ability to grow earnings will be affected by inflationary and other increases 
in the cost of electronic sub-assemblies and raw materials, aluminum ingot, slugs and foils, resins, extruded films, pressure 
sensitive laminates, paper, binder rings and plastic components. Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw 
materials, labour and energy have occurred in the past and are expected to reoccur. Raw materials and components 
may also be subject to new or increased tariffs. The Company’s performance depends in part on its ability to pass these 
cost increases on to customers in the price of its products and to effect improvements in productivity. The Company 
may not be able to fully offset the effects of raw material costs and other sourced components through price increases, 
productivity improvements or cost-reduction programs. If the Company cannot obtain sufficient quantities of these items 
at competitive prices, of appropriate quality and on a timely basis, it may not be able to produce sufficient quantities 
of product to satisfy market demand, product shipments may be delayed, or its material or manufacturing costs may 
increase. Innovia is sensitive to price movements in polypropylene resin used in its films for label, packaging and security 
applications. Polypropylene is the most significant input cost and is traded in the market, with prices linked to the market 
price of natural gas and refining capacity. Price movements must be managed and, where necessary, passed along to the 
Segment’s customers. Failure to pass along higher costs in a timely and effective manner to its customers could have a 
material adverse effect on the Innovia Segment’s business and profitability. Checkpoint’s supply chain relies significantly 
on components sourced from factories in Asia; therefore, supply disruption and tariff changes could adversely affect sales 
and profitability. Avery’s U.S. supply chain relies substantially on its plant in Tijuana, Mexico; supply disruption, changes 
to border controls, tariff changes, or any renegotiation of, or amendments to, the provisions of the United States-Mexico-
Canada Agreement (“USMCA”) on trade could adversely affect sales and profitability. CCL Container and Innovia are also 
significant exporters to the United States from Mexico while CCL Label Mexico is a large importer of materials from the 
United States. Overall, any of these problems could result in the loss of customers and revenue, provide an opportunity for 
competing products to gain market acceptance and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 
30
2024 Annual Report

Potential Risks Relating to Significant Operations in Foreign Countries
The Company operates plants in North America, Europe, Latin America, Africa, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Sales 
to customers located outside of Canada in 2024 were approximately 98% of the Company’s total sales, a level similar to 
that in 2023. Non-Canadian operating results are translated into Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the 
period covered. The Company has significant operating bases in both the United States and Europe. In 2024, 37.7% and 
30.7% of total sales were to customers in the United States and Europe, respectively. The Company’s operating results 
and cash flows could be negatively impacted by slower or declining growth rates in these key markets. The sales from 
business units in Latin America, Asia, Africa, Australia and the Middle East in 2024 were 29.6% of the Company’s total 
sales. In addition, the Company has an equity-accounted investments in Russia. There are risks associated with operating 
a decentralized organization in 213 manufacturing facilities in 42 countries around the world with a variety of different 
cultures and values. Operations outside of Canada, the United States and Europe are perceived generally to have greater 
political and economic risks and include the Company’s operations in Latin America, parts of Asia, Russia and the Middle 
East. These risks include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, inflation, changes in foreign laws 
and regulations, military conflicts, government nationalization of certain industries, currency controls, potential adverse 
tax consequences and locally accepted business practices and standards that may not be similar to accepted business 
practices and standards in North America and Europe. Although the Company largely sells its products in the regimes it 
operates in, the enactment of punitive import tariffs and the potential retaliatory measure taken by legislators may have 
a harmful impact on the Company’s customers supply chain, thereby possibly have a material adverse effect to CCL. The 
Company has controls and procedures intended to mitigate these risks; however, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated 
and may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company. 
Impairment in the Carrying Value of Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangible Assets
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately $3,028.7 million of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets 
on its consolidated statement of financial position, the value of which is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The 
assessment of the value of goodwill and intangible assets depends on a number of key factors requiring estimates and 
assumptions about earnings growth, operating margins, discount rates, economic projections, anticipated future cash 
flows and market capitalization. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment 
loss of $95.0 million for the Innovia Segment. There can be no assurance that future reviews of goodwill and intangible 
assets will not result in additional impairment charges. Although it does not affect cash flow, an impairment charge does 
have the effect of reducing the Company’s earnings, total assets and equity.
Competitive Environment
The Company faces competition from other suppliers in all the markets in which it operates. There can be no assurance 
that the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that such competition 
will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This 
competitive environment may preclude the Company from passing on higher material, labour and energy costs to its 
customers. Any significant increase in in-house manufacturing by customers of the Company could adversely affect the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. In addition, the Company’s consolidated financial 
results may be negatively impacted by competitors developing new products or processes that are of superior quality to 
those of the Company or that fit the Company’s customers’ needs better, or have lower costs; or by consolidation within 
the Company’s competitors or by further pricing pressure being placed on the industry by the large retail chains.
Foreign Exchange Exposure and Hedging Activities
Sales of the Company’s products to customers outside Canada account for approximately 98% of the revenue of the 
Company. Because the prices for such products are quoted in foreign currencies, any increase in the value of the Canadian 
dollar relative to such currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar and the euro, reduces the amount of Canadian dollar revenues 
and operating income reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements. The Company also buys inputs 
for its products in world markets in several currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond the Company’s control and 
there can be no assurance that such fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the reported results of the 
Company. The use of derivatives to provide hedges of certain exposures, such as interest rate swaps, forward foreign 
exchange contracts and aluminum futures contracts, could impact negatively on the Company’s operations.
31
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Retention of Key Personnel and Experienced Workforce 
Management believes that an important competitive advantage of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the 
know-how and expertise possessed by its personnel at all levels of the Company. While the machinery and equipment used 
by the Company are generally available to competitors of the Company, the experience and training of the Company’s 
workforce allows the Company to obtain a level of efficiency and a level of flexibility that management believes to be high 
relative to levels in the industries in which it competes. To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting, training 
and retaining its personnel over the long term, and while management believes that the know-how of the Company is 
widely distributed throughout the Company, the loss of the services of certain of its experienced personnel could have a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 
The operations of the Company are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of its senior management team. 
To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting and retaining competent senior management. Loss of certain 
members of the executive team of the Company could have a disruptive effect on the implementation of the Company’s 
business strategy and the efficient running of day-to-day operations. This could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Acquired Businesses
As part of its growth strategy, the Company continues to pursue acquisition opportunities where such transactions are 
economically and strategically justified. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to identify 
attractive acquisition opportunities in the future or have the required resources to complete desired acquisitions, or that 
it will succeed in effectively managing the integration of acquired businesses. The failure to implement the acquisition 
strategy, to successfully integrate acquired businesses or joint ventures into the Company’s structure, or to control 
operating performance and achieve synergies could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company. 
In addition, there may be liabilities that the Company has failed or was unable to discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of acquired businesses failed to comply 
with or otherwise violated applicable laws, including environmental laws, the Company, as a successor owner, may be 
financially responsible for these violations. The discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 
Long-Term Growth Strategy
The Company has experienced significant and steady growth over the last decade. The Company’s organic growth 
initiatives coupled with its international acquisitions over the last number of years can place a strain on a number of 
aspects of its operating platform including human infrastructure, operational capacity and information systems. The 
Company’s ability to continually adapt and augment all aspects of its operational platform is critical to realizing its long-
term growth strategy. Another key aspect to the Company’s growth strategy includes increased development of the 
Company’s presence in emerging markets that could create exposure to unstable political conditions, economic volatility 
and social challenges. If the Company cannot adjust to its anticipated growth, results of operations could be materially 
adversely affected.
Lower than Anticipated Demand 
Although Checkpoint enjoys the advantage of significantly lower customer concentration than the rest of the Company, 
it remains heavily dependent on the retail marketplace. Changes in the economic environment including the liquidity and 
financial condition of its customers, the impact of online customer spending or reductions in retailer spending and new 
store openings could adversely affect sales. A reduction in the commitment for chain-wide installations due to decreased 
consumer spending that results in reduced demand for loss prevention by retail customers or failure to develop new 
technology that entices the customer to maintain its commitment to Checkpoint’s loss prevention products and services 
may also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Exposure to Income Tax Reassessments
The Company operates in many countries throughout the world. Each country has its own income tax regulations and 
many of these countries have additional income and other taxes applied at state, provincial and local levels. The Company’s 
international investments are complex and subject to interpretation in each jurisdiction from a legal and tax perspective. 
The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by local authorities, and the Company’s positions in these tax filings may 
be challenged. The Company may not be successful in defending these positions and could be involved in lengthy and 
costly litigation during this process and could be subject to additional income taxes, interest and penalties. This outcome 
could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
32
2024 Annual Report

Realization of Deferred Tax Assets 
The Company needs to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods in certain foreign and domestic tax jurisdictions 
to realize the tax benefit. If there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary difference 
or loss carry-forwards become taxable or deductible, the Company may have to revise its unrecognized deferred tax 
assets. This could result in an increase in the effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on future results. 
Changes in statutory tax rate may change the deferred tax asset or liability, with either a positive or a negative impact on 
the effective tax rate. The computation and assessment of the ability to realize the deferred tax asset balance is complex 
and requires significant judgment. New legislation or a change in underlying assumptions may have a material adverse 
effect on the business, financial condition and results of the Company.
Fluctuations in Operating Results
While the Company’s operating results over the past several years have indicated a general upward trend in sales and net 
earnings, operating results within particular product forms, within particular facilities of the Company and within particular 
geographic markets have undergone fluctuations in the past and, in management’s view, are likely to do so in the future. 
Operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors in addition to the global economic conditions, 
and these factors include the volume of orders received relative to the manufacturing capacity of the Company, the level 
of price competition (from competing suppliers both in domestic and in other lower-cost jurisdictions), variations in the 
level and timing of orders, the cost of raw materials and energy, the ability to develop innovative solutions and the mix of 
revenue derived in each of the Company’s businesses. Operating results may also be impacted by the inability to achieve 
planned volumes through normal growth and successful renegotiation of current contracts with customers and by the 
inability to deliver expected benefits from cost-reduction programs derived from the restructuring of certain business 
units. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company.
Insurance Coverage
Management believes that insurance coverage of the Company’s facilities addresses all material insurable risks, provides 
coverage that is similar to that which would be maintained by a prudent owner/operator of similar facilities and is 
subject to deductibles, limits and exclusions that are customary or reasonable given the cost of procuring insurance and 
current operating conditions. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be offered on an 
economically feasible basis or at current premium levels, that the Company will be able to pass through any increased 
premium costs, or that all events that could give rise to a loss or liability are insurable, or that the amounts of insurance 
will at all times be sufficient to cover each and every loss or claim that may occur involving the assets or operations of 
the Company. 
Catastrophic Events
Natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods or wildfires, public health crises, such as epidemics and 
pandemics, political instability, acts of terrorism, war or other conflicts and other events outside of the Company’s control, 
may adversely impact its business and operating results. In addition to the direct impact that such events could have on 
the Company’s facilities and workforce, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted 
regions or, depending on the severity, globally, which would impact the Company’s customers and in turn impact demand 
for its products. 
Dependence on Customers
The Company has a modest dependence on certain customers. The Company’s two largest customers combined 
accounted for approximately 6.7% (2023 – 6.9%) of the consolidated revenue for the fiscal year 2024. The five largest 
customers of the Company represented approximately 13.0% (2023 – 13.8%) of the total revenue for 2024 and the 25 
largest customers represented approximately 33.2% (2023 – 33.8%) of the total revenue. Several thousand customers 
make up the remainder of total revenue. Although the Company has strong partnership relationships with its customers, 
there can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its relationship with any particular customer or continue to 
provide services to any particular customer at current levels. A loss of any significant customer, or a decrease in the sales 
to any such customer, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. Consolidation within the consumer products market base and office retail superstores could have a 
negative impact on the Company’s business, depending on the nature and scope of any such consolidation.
33
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and Other Considerations
The Company is subject to numerous federal, provincial, state and municipal statutes, regulations, by-laws, guidelines 
and policies, as well as permits and other approvals related to the protection of the environment and workers‘ health 
and safety. The Company maintains active health and safety and environmental programs for the purpose of preventing 
injuries to employees and pollution incidents at its manufacturing sites. The Company also carries out a program of 
environmental compliance audits, including an independent third-party pollution liability assessment for acquisitions, to 
assess the adequacy of compliance at the operating level and to establish provisions, as required, for environmental site 
remediation plans. The Company has environmental insurance for most of its operating sites, with certain exclusions for 
historical matters. 
Despite these programs and insurance coverage, further proceedings or inquiries from regulators on employee health and 
safety requirements, particularly in Canada, the United States and the European Economic Community (collectively, the 
“EHS Requirements”), could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. In addition, changes to existing EHS Requirements, the adoption of new EHS Requirements in the future, or 
changes to the enforcement of EHS Requirements, as well as the discovery of additional or unknown conditions at facilities 
owned, operated or used by the Company, could require expenditures that might materially affect the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company to the extent not covered by indemnity, insurance or covenant not 
to sue. Furthermore, while the Company has generally benefited from increased regulations on its customers’ products, 
the demand for the services or products of the Company may be adversely affected by the amendment or repeal of laws 
or by changes to the enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies concerning such laws.
Operating and Product Hazards
The Company’s revenues are dependent on the continued operation of its facilities and its customers. The operation 
of manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, natural 
disasters, suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. The total loss 
of certain of the Company’s manufacturing plants could have a significant financial impact on the affected business 
segment, particularly where the plant represents a single or significant source of supply. The operations of the Company 
and its customers are also subject to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage 
and transportation of certain hazardous materials. These hazards can cause personal injury, severe damage to and 
destruction of property and equipment and environmental damage. Furthermore, the Company may become subject to 
claims with respect to workplace exposure, workers’ compensation and other matters. The Company’s pharmaceutical 
and specialty food product operations are subject to stringent federal, state, provincial and local health, food and drug 
regulations and controls, and may be impacted by consumer product liability claims and the possible unavailability 
and/or expense of liability insurance. The Company prints information on its labels and containers that, if incorrect, 
could give rise to product liability claims. A determination by applicable regulatory authorities that any of the Company’s 
facilities are not in compliance with any such regulations or controls in any material respect may have a material adverse 
effect on the Company. A successful product liability claim (or a series of claims) against the Company in excess of its 
insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of these liabilities or the timing thereof. The occurrence 
of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above events, could have a material adverse effect on 
the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 
Material Disruption of Information Technology Systems 
The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology (“IT”) systems to manufacture its products, process 
transactions, respond to customer questions, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and 
maintain cost-efficient operations, as well as maintain its e-commerce websites. Any material disruption or slowdown of 
the systems, including a disruption or slowdown caused by the Company’s failure to successfully upgrade its systems, 
system failures, viruses or other causes, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company. If changes in technology cause the Company’s information systems to become 
obsolete or if information systems are inadequate to handle growth, the Company could incur losses and costs due to 
interruption of its operations.
The Company maintains information within its IT networks and on the cloud to operate its business, as well as confidential 
personal employee and customer information. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to the Company’s 
operations and reputation. The Company invests in hardware and software to prevent the risk of intrusion, tampering and 
theft. Any such unauthorized breach of the IT infrastructure could compromise the data maintained, which could cause 
the corruption or exposure of confidential or proprietary information, a significant disruption in operations, the loss or 
theft of critical data and financial resources and meaningful harm to the Company’s reputation, any of which could result 
in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
34
2024 Annual Report

The Timing and Volume of New Banknote Orders
The CCL Secure banknote substrate operation is dependent on government procurement decisions and the volume and 
timing of new or replacement banknote orders is often uncertain. These decisions can be influenced by many political 
factors that could delay or reduce the volume of banknote orders. The impact of new large volume banknote orders may 
result in the Company having to invest in material capital projects to support government procurement decisions. As a 
result, volatility may be created in the cash flows and in the financial results of the CCL Secure operations, which could 
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.
Product Security
CCL Secure’s banknote substrate business is involved in high security applications and must maintain highly secured 
facilities and product shipments. CCL Secure maintains vigorous security and material control procedures. All employees, 
guests and third-party contractors with access to facilities and products are prudently screened and monitored. However, 
the loss of a product, counterfeiting of a high security feature or the breach of a secured facility as a result of negligence, 
collusion or theft is possible. Loss of product whilst in transit, particularly during trans-shipment, through the failure of 
freight management companies or the loss of the shipment vehicle by accident or act of God is possible. Consequently, 
the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure may have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Financial Reporting
The Company prepares its financial reports in accordance with accounting policies and methods prescribed by IFRS. In 
the preparation of financial reports, management may need to rely upon assumptions, make estimates or use their best 
judgment in determining the financial condition of the Company. Material accounting policies are described in more detail 
in the notes to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. In order 
to have a reasonable level of assurance that financial transactions are properly authorized, assets are safeguarded against 
unauthorized or improper use and transactions are properly recorded and reported, the Company has implemented and 
continues to analyze its internal control systems for financial reporting. Although the Company believes that its financial 
reporting and financial statements are prepared with reasonable safeguards to ensure reliability, the Company cannot 
provide absolute assurance in that regard.
Compliance with Anti-Bribery and Export Laws
Due to the Company’s global operations, the Company is subject to many laws governing international relations, including 
those that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers, and which may restrict where 
the Company can do business, what information or products the Company can supply to certain countries and what 
information the Company can provide to foreign governments, including but not limited to the Canadian Corruption 
of Foreign Public Officials Act (“CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and the 
U.S. Export Administration Act. The Company’s policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. The Company 
operates in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain 
circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Given the high 
level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for 
example, through fraudulent or negligent behavior of individual employees, the Company’s failure to comply with certain 
formal documentation requirements or otherwise. Additionally, the Company may be held liable for actions taken by local 
dealers and partners. If the Company is found to be liable for CFPOA, FCPA or other violations (either due to the Company’s 
own acts or through inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), the Company could suffer from civil and 
criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.
New Product Developments 
Markets are continually evolving based on the ingenuity of the Company and its competitors, consumer preferences 
and new product identification and information technologies. In particular, customers and consumers are seeking more 
sustainable product offerings using recyclable components and enabling circularity in product use. To the extent that 
any such new developments result in a decrease in the use of any of the Company’s products, a material adverse effect 
on the financial condition and results of operations could occur. 
Checkpoint’s ability to create new products and to sustain existing products is affected by whether the Company can 
develop and fund technological innovations, such as those related to the next generation of product solutions, evolving 
RFID technologies, and other innovative security devices, software and systems initiatives. The failure to develop and 
launch successful new products could have a material adverse effect on Checkpoint’s business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 
35
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Although Innovia has a unique manufacturing process for a portion of its film product line and CCL Secure is the leading 
manufacturer of polymer banknote substrate, the Company depends on its ability to constantly evolve the technological 
capabilities of its products to meet the demands of its customer base. New scientific advancements in polymer film 
manufacturing could curtail the use of Innovia’s films, while the advancement of e-commerce and cashless societies may 
outmode the need for polymer banknotes. Innovia’s investment in its new hybrid polyolefin film facility in Poland and new 
thin-gauge film facility in Germany are to support sustainability ambitions of its customers. It may take time for these 
operations to become profitable and there can be no assurances of success. Failure to invest in intellectual properties 
and perpetually innovate may result in lower demand for films and banknote substrate and could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Labour Relations
While labour relations between the Company and its employees have been stable in the recent past and there have been 
no material disruptions in operations as a result of labour disputes, the maintenance of a productive and efficient labour 
environment cannot be assured. Accordingly, a strike, lockout or deterioration of labour relations could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 
Legal and Regulatory Proceedings
Any alleged failure by the Company to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the countries of operation may lead 
to the imposition of fines and penalties or the denial, revocation or delay in the renewal of permits and licenses issued by 
governmental authorities or litigation. In addition, governmental authorities, as well as third parties, may claim that the 
Company is liable for environmental remediation or damages. A significant judgment against the Company, the loss of a 
significant permit or other approval or the imposition of a significant fine or penalty could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 
Moreover, the Company may from time to time be notified of claims that it may be infringing patents, copyrights or other 
intellectual property rights owned by other third parties. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of 
resources, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. In the future, third parties may assert infringement claims against the Company or its customers. In the event of 
an infringement claim, the Company may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop a non-infringing 
alternative or to obtain licenses. The Company may not be successful in developing such an alternative or obtaining a 
license on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any such litigation could be lengthy and costly and could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 
The Company may also be subject to claims arising from its failure to manufacture a product to the specifications of 
its customers or from personal injury arising from a consumer’s use of a product or component manufactured by the 
Company. While the Company will seek indemnity from its customers for claims made against the Company by consumers, 
and while the Company maintains what management believes to be appropriate levels of insurance to respond to such 
claims, there can be no assurance that the Company will be fully indemnified by its customers or that insurance coverage 
will continue to be available or, if available, will be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims. In addition, the 
Company could become subject to claims relating to its prior or acquired businesses, including environmental and tax 
matters, or claims by third parties, such as distributors or agents. There can be no assurance that insurance coverage will 
be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims.
Specifically, in the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 
2011 by Benoy Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure Currency Ltd. (collectively, “Berry”), in Nigerian 
Federal Court against CCL Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively, 
“IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated with ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the 
jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision to the highest appeals court in Nigeria. The lawsuit alleges that IFL 
and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote substrate plant in Nigeria and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL 
and the co-defendants to build the plant or in lieu thereof, grant an award of total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion 
($2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the Company considers to be without merit and accordingly, 
the Company has made no provision for the matter. 
Defined Benefit Post-Employment Plans
The Company is the sponsor of a number of defined benefit plans in sixteen countries that give rise to accrued post-
employment benefit obligations. Although the Company believes that its current financial resources combined with its 
expected future cash flows from operations and returns on post-employment plan assets will be sufficient to satisfy the 
obligations under these plans in future years, the cash outflow and higher expenses associated with these plans may be 
higher than expected and may have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.
36
2024 Annual Report

Breach of Legal and Regulatory Requirements
CCL Secure’s banknote substrate operation has the highest accreditation within the security printing industry. This 
accreditation provides governments and central banks with assurance in respect of safeguarding high ethical standards 
and business practices. Violation of CCL Secure’s highly strict requirements and constant detailed oversight in relation to 
bribery, corruption and anti-competitive activities remains a risk in an industry expecting the highest ethical standards. 
Consequently, the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure that could arise if the standards 
and practices are compromised, or perceived to have been compromised, could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Credit Ratings
The credit ratings currently assigned to the Company by Moody’s and S&P, or that may in the future be assigned by 
other rating agencies, are subject to amendment in accordance with each agency’s rating methodology and subjective 
modifiers driving the credit rating opinion. There is no assurance that any rating assigned to the Company will remain in 
effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the 
future. A downgrade in the credit rating assigned by one or more rating agencies could increase the Company’s cost of 
borrowing or impact the Company’s ability to renegotiate debt, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial condition and profitability.
Share Price Volatility
Changes in the Company’s stock price may affect access to, or cost of, financing from capital markets and may affect stock-
based compensation arrangements. The Company’s stock price has appreciated significantly over the last ten years and 
is influenced by the financial results of the Company, changes in the overall stock market, demand for equity securities, 
relative peer group performance, market expectation of future financial performance and competitive dynamics among 
many other things. There is no assurance that the Company’s share price will not be volatile in the future.
Protection of Intellectual Property
Certain of the Company’s products involve complex technology and chemistry and the Company relies on maintaining 
protection of this intellectual property and proprietary information to maintain a competitive advantage. The infringement, 
expiration or other loss of these patents and other proprietary information would reduce the barriers to entry into 
the Company’s existing lines of business and may result in loss of market share and a decrease in the Company’s 
competitiveness, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows. There also can be no assurance that the patents previously obtained or to be obtained by the Company in the 
future will provide adequate protection of such intellectual property or adequately maintain any competitive advantage. 
Dividends
The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors taking into account current 
and anticipated cash flow, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and global economy as 
well as the various risk factors set out above. The Board of Directors intends to pay a consistent dividend with consistent 
increases over time. However, the Board of Directors may in certain circumstances determine that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to reduce or suspend the dividend. In that situation, the trading price of the Company’s Class A and 
Class B shares may be materially affected. 
Climate Change
Event risks caused by global climate change, including the frequency and severity of weather-related events, could 
damage the Company’s facilities, disrupt operations, impact revenues and cash flow, and create financial risk. These could 
result in substantial costs for emergency response efforts during the event, reinstatement of regular business operations 
and repair or replacement of premises and equipment. The potential impact or financial consequence of such events 
is highly uncertain. The Company‘s operations are spread over more than 213 locations around the world and therefore 
subject to varying climate change event risks. 
Global climate change also gives rise to other risks to the Company’s business and operations, including increased 
regulation and market shifts in supply and demand, which are also difficult to predict. Many countries in which the 
Company carries on business are at differing stages of developing policy and regulations regarding carbon emissions and 
other environmental impacts, which could significantly affect the Company’s business, create financial obligations and 
increase operating costs. Increased public awareness of climate change may impact consumer demand for the Company’s 
customers‘ products. The Company’s failure to innovate more sustainable or circular economy products could have a 
material adverse effect on its financial condition and profitability.
37
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
The Company’s failure to implement environmental, social and governance targets and initiatives, or to achieve its 
sustainability targets could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and profitability.
Pandemic
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to Covid-19 (“CV19”). The impacts 
on global commerce had been far-reaching. CV19 or a similar pandemic could lead to unprecedented governmental 
actions in multiple jurisdictions, including the closure of workplaces determined to be non-essential, the imposition 
of new health and monitoring requirements and the imposition of restrictions on the international, national and local 
movement of people and some goods. These could also lead to significant disruptions to business operations, supply 
chains and customer activity and demand; service cancellations, workforce reductions and other changes; the imposition 
of quarantines and curfews; as well as considerable general concern and uncertainty. Significant stock market volatility 
and significant volatility in foreign exchange and commodity markets could ensue. Therefore, the reoccurrence of CV19 
or a similar pandemic and its impact on the Company’s financial performance and position is an area of estimation 
uncertainty and judgment that could lead to a material adverse effect on the Company’s employees, customers and/or 
suppliers and could have a material adverse effect on the Company. 
5.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND NON-IFRS MEASURES
A) Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures
The Company measures the success of the business using a number of key performance indicators, many of which are in 
accordance with IFRS as described throughout this report. The following performance indicators are not measurements 
in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to or replacement of net earnings or any other 
measure of performance under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning and may not be 
comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. These additional measures are used to provide added insight 
into the Company’s results and are concepts often seen in external analysts’ research reports, in financial covenants 
in banking agreements and note agreements, in purchase and sales contracts on acquisitions and divestitures of the 
business, and in discussions and reports to and from the Company’s shareholders and the investment community. These 
non-IFRS measures will be found throughout this report and are referenced alphabetically in the definition section below.
Adjusted Basic Earnings per Class B Share – An important non-IFRS measure to assist in understanding the ongoing 
earnings performance of the Company excluding items of a one-time or non-recurring nature. It is not considered a 
substitute for basic net earnings per Class B share, but it does provide additional insight into the ongoing financial 
results of the Company. This non-IFRS measure is defined as basic net earnings per Class B share excluding gains on 
business dispositions, goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments to inventory, revaluation 
gain, restructuring and other items and tax adjustments.
Earnings per Class B Share
Three Months Ended  
 Twelve Months Ended 
 2024 
December 31
December 31
 
 2023 
2024 
 2023
Basic earnings 
$ 
1.01 
$ 
0.22 
$ 
4.73 
$ 
2.99
Net loss from restructuring and other items 
 
0.01 
 
0.21 
 
0.03 
0.23
Goodwill impairment loss  
— 
 
0.54 
— 
0.54
Revaluation gain 
— 
—
(0.44) 
—
Adjusted basic earnings 
$ 
1.02 
$ 
0.97 
$ 
4.32 
$ 
3.76
Adjusted EBITDA – A critical financial measure used extensively in the packaging industry and other industries to assist 
in understanding and measuring operating results. It is also considered as a proxy for cash flow and a facilitator for 
business valuations. This non-IFRS measure is defined as earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and 
amortization, goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments to inventory, earnings in equity-
accounted investments, revaluation gain, and restructuring and other items. The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA 
is an important measure as it allows the assessment of the ongoing business without the impact of net finance cost, 
depreciation and amortization and income tax expenses, as well as non-operating factors and one-time items. As a proxy 
for cash flow, it is intended to indicate the Company’s ability to incur or service debt and to invest in property, plant and 
equipment, and it allows comparison of the business to that of its peers and competitors who may have different capital 
38
2024 Annual Report

or organizational structures. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure tracked by financial analysts and investors to evaluate financial 
performance and is a key metric in business valuations. Adjusted EBITDA is considered an important measure by lenders 
to the Company and is included in the financial covenants for the Company’s bank lines of credit.
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA measures to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated.	
Adjusted EBITDA
Three Months Ended  
 Twelve Months Ended 
2024 
December 31
December 31
 
2023 
 2024 
 2023
Net earnings  
$ 
179.8 
$ 
38.8 
$ 
843.1 
$ 
530.2
Corporate expense 
18.0 
23.9 
77.6 
81.8
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
(2.9) 
(4.6) 
(18.9) 
(17.9)
Finance cost, net 
19.1 
 
19.1 
 
75.0 
78.0
Restructuring and other items  
1.2 
37.2 
5.5 
42.8
Revaluation gain 
—
— 
 
(78.1) 
—
Goodwill impairment loss  
 
— 
 
95.0 
— 
95.0
Income taxes 
52.7 
45.4 
238.1 
200.7
Operating income 
$ 
267.9 
$ 
254.8 
$ 
1,142.3 
$ 
1,010.6
Less: Corporate expense  
 
(18.0) 
(23.9) 
(77.6) 
(81.8)
Add: Depreciation and amortization 
 
111.7 
105.8 
 
432.4 
403.3
Adjusted EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) 
$ 
361.6 
$ 
336.7 
$ 
1,497.1 
$ 
1,332.1
Days Working Capital Employed – A measure indicating the relative liquidity and asset intensity of the Company’s working 
capital. It is calculated by multiplying the net working capital by the number of days in the quarter and then dividing by 
the quarterly sales. Net working capital includes trade and other receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, trade and 
other payables, and income taxes recoverable and payable. The following table reconciles the net working capital used 
in the days of working capital employed measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of financial 
position as at the periods ended as indicated.
Days Working Capital Employed
At December 31
 2024 
 2023 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Income taxes recoverable  
Trade and other payables  
Income taxes payable 
$ 
 
 
 
 
1,251.4 
819.9 
62.1 
51.8 
(1,416.9) 
(42.2) 
$ 
1,089.3
732.3
50.6
38.8
 
(1,329.5)
(35.5)
Net working capital 
$ 
726.1 
$ 
546.0
Days in quarter 
Fourth quarter sales 
Days of working capital employed 
$ 
 
92 
1,812.5 
37 
92
$ 
1,662.5
30
39
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Dividend Payout Ratio – The ratio of earnings paid out to the shareholders. It provides an indication of how well earnings 
support the dividend payments. Dividend payout ratio is defined as dividends declared divided by earnings, excluding 
goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items, revaluation gain, 
and tax adjustments, (together “Adjusted earnings”) expressed as a percentage.
Dividend Payout Ratio 
2024  
2023
Dividends declared per equity 
$ 
206.4 
$ 
188.2
Adjusted earnings 
 
$ 
769.8 
$ 
664.4
Dividend payout ratio
27%
 
28%
Free Cash Flow from Operations – A measure indicating the relative amount of cash generated by the Company during 
the year and available to fund dividends, debt repayments and acquisitions. It is calculated as cash flow from operations, 
less capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.
The following table reconciles the measure of free cash flow from operations to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods ended as indicated.
Free Cash Flow from Operations
Twelve Months Ended  
2024 
December 31
 2023
Cash provided by operating activities  
$ 
1,063.9 
$ 
1,003.3
Less: Additions to property, plant and equipment 
 
(462.0) 
(461.6)
Add: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
4.6 
17.9
Free cash flow from operations 
$ 
606.5 
$ 
559.6
Interest Coverage – A measure indicating the relative amount of operating income earned by the Company compared 
to the amount of net finance cost incurred by the Company. It is calculated as operating income (see definition below), 
including discontinued items, less corporate expense, divided by net finance cost on a twelve-month rolling basis.
The following table reconciles the interest coverage measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated 
income statements for the periods ended as indicated. 
Interest Coverage 
 
2024 
Twelve Months Ended
 
 
December 31
 2023
Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see definition below) 
Less: Corporate expense   
$ 
 
1,142.3 
(77.6) 
$ 
1,010.6
(81.8)
 
$ 
1,064.7 
$ 
928.8
Net finance cost 
$ 
75.0 
$ 
78.0
Interest coverage 
 
14.2 
11.9
 
40
2024 Annual Report

Net Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company assuming that all cash on hand is used to 
repay a portion of the outstanding debt. It is defined as current debt, which includes bank advances, plus long-term debt 
and lease liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents.
Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA (or “Leverage Ratio”) – A measure that indicates the financial leverage of the Company. It 
indicates the Company’s ability to service its existing debt. 
Operating Income – A measure indicating the profitability of the Company’s business units defined as income before 
corporate expenses, net finance cost, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, revaluation 
gain, restructuring and other items and tax.
See the definition of Adjusted EBITDA above for a reconciliation of operating income measures to IFRS measures reported 
in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.
Restructuring and Other Items and Tax Adjustments – A measure of significant non-recurring items that are included in net 
earnings. The impact of restructuring and other items and tax adjustments on a per share basis is measured by dividing the 
after-tax income of the restructuring and other items and tax adjustments by the average number of shares outstanding in 
the relevant period. Management will continue to disclose the impact of these items on the Company’s results because the 
timing and extent of such items do not reflect or relate to the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Management 
evaluates the operating income of its segments before the effect of these items.
Return on Equity before goodwill impairment loss, revaluation gain, restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition 
accounting adjustments and tax adjustments (“ROE”) – A measure that provides insight into the effective use of 
shareholder capital in generating ongoing net earnings. ROE is calculated by dividing annual net earnings before goodwill 
impairment loss, revaluation gain, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-
cash acquisition accounting adjustments by the average of the beginning and the end-of-year equity. 
The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROE measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended 
as indicated.
Return on Equity  
 
2024  
Twelve Months Ended
 
 
December 31
2023
Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax) 
Goodwill impairment loss  
Revaluation gain 
 
$ 
843.1 
4.8 
— 
(78.1) 
$ 
530.2
41.2
95.0
—
Adjusted net earnings 
$ 
769.8 
$ 
666.4
Average equity 
 
$ 
4,952.0 
$ 
4,444.2
Return on equity 
15.5% 
15.0%
 
41
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
Return on Sales – A measure indicating relative profitability of sales to customers. It is defined as operating income (see 
definition above) divided by sales, expressed as a percentage.
The following table reconciles the return on sales measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income 
statement in the segmented information per note 4 of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the 
periods ended as indicated.
Return on Sales 
2024 
Three Months Ended  
December 31
Twelve Months Ended 
December 31
2023 
 2024  
2023
Sales 
 CCL 
 Avery 
Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
 
 
 
1,116.2 
239.7 
277.4 
179.2 
$ 
 
 
1,031.5 
242.1 
244.2 
144.7 
$ 
 
 
 
4,502.6 
1,049.1 
986.9 
706.4 
$ 
 
4,104.7
1,039.9
875.2
629.8
Total sales 
 
$ 
1,812.5 
$ 
1,662.5 
$ 
7,245.0 
$ 
6,649.6
Operating income 
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
166.1 
44.6 
40.5 
16.7 
$ 
 
 
 
154.4 
47.9 
44.3 
8.2
$ 
 
 
713.7 
211.5 
150.9 
66.2 
$ 
633.5
199.5
132.0
45.6
Total operating income  
$ 
267.9 
$ 
254.8 
$ 
1,142.3 
$ 
1,010.6
Return on sales 
 CCL
 Avery
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia
 
14.9% 
 
18.6% 
14.6% 
9.3% 
15.0% 
19.8% 
18.1% 
 
5.7% 
15.9% 
20.2% 
15.3% 
9.4% 
15.4%
19.2%
15.1%
7.2%
Total return on sales 
14.8% 
15.3% 
15.8% 
15.2%
Return on total capital before goodwill impairment loss, revaluation gain, restructuring and other items, non-cash 
acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments (“ROTC”) – A measure of the returns the Company is achieving 
on capital employed. ROTC is calculated by dividing annual net income before goodwill impairment loss, revaluation gain, 
restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the 
beginning- and the end-of-year equity and net debt.
The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROTC measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended 
as indicated.
Return on Total Capital
 
2024  
Twelve Months Ended  
December 31
2023
Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax) 
Goodwill impairment loss  
Revaluation gain 
 
$ 
 
 
843.1 
4.8 
— 
(78.1) 
$ 
530.2
41.2
95.0
—
Adjusted net earnings 
$ 
769.8 
$ 
666.4
Average total capital 
$ 
6,515.5 
$ 
 5,959.5
Return on total capital 
 
11.8% 
11.2%
Total Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company. It is defined as current debt, including 
bank advances, plus long-term debt.
42
2024 Annual Report

B)
Accounting Policies 
Accounting Policies
The above analysis and discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based on its annual 
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. 
A summary of the Company’s material accounting policies is set out in note 3 of the annual consolidated financial 
statements. 
C) Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the application 
of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In 
particular, estimates are used when determining the amounts recorded for depreciation and amortization of property, 
plant and equipment, intangible assets, right-of-use assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-
employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, lease liabilities, certain fair value measures including those 
related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments and also for the 
valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangibles
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in the businesses acquired over the fair 
value of the underlying net identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising on acquisitions. Goodwill and indefinite-life 
intangibles are not amortized but are required to be tested for impairment at least annually or if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
During the 2024 fourth quarter, the Company completed its annual impairment test as at September 30, 2024. Impairment 
testing for the cash-generating units (“CGU”), CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, and Innovia, was done by a comparison of the unit’s 
carrying amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting future cash flows from the continuing use of the 
CGU. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include growth rates of 3% to 5% and pre-tax discount 
rates of 10% to 12%. Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon 
the weighted average cost of capital. The Company’s historical growth rates are used as the basis in determining the 
growth rate applied for impairment testing. The Company completed its impairment testing as at September 30, 2024. 
Significant management judgment is required in preparing the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the 
discounted cash flow method of valuation. 
The estimated values in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia CGUs exceeded their carrying values. As a result, no 
goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets impairment was recorded during 2024. 
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable. Performance of this evaluation involves management estimates of the associated 
business plans, economic projections and anticipated cash flows. Specifically, management considers forecasted 
operating cash flows, which are subject to change due to economic conditions, technological changes or changes in 
operating performance. An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset held for use exceeded 
the discounted cash flow or fair value. Changes in these estimates in the future may result in an impairment charge.
Employee Benefits
The Company accrues its obligation under employee benefit plans and related costs net of plan assets. Pension costs are 
determined periodically by independent actuaries. The actuarial determination of the accrued benefit obligations for the 
plans uses the projected unit credit method and incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary escalation, 
retirement age, inflation and other actuarial factors. The cost is then charged as services are rendered. Since these 
assumptions, which are disclosed in note 20 of the 2024 annual consolidated financial statements, involve forward-looking 
estimates and are long-term in nature, they are subject to uncertainty. Actual results may differ, and the differences may 
be material.
D)
Related Party Transactions
A summary of the Company’s related party transactions is set out in note 27 of the 2024 annual consolidated financial 
statements.
43
2024 Annual Report

M A N AG E M E N T’S  D I SC U SS I O N  A N D  A N A LYS I S 
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)
6.
OUTLOOK
2024 was an eventful year, characterized by numerous geopolitical events, conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine 
resulting in hardening sanctions and an undermining of consumer stability; countless elections with nearly half the world’s 
population going to the polls and many leading regimes changing political direction and policy; notwithstanding inflation 
eased in major economies and a “soft landing” appears to have materialized in the developed world for 2025. The Asian 
region, excluding China, rebounded in 2024, while consumer economic activity in China waned. Latin America growth 
was strong for CCL, despite currency volatility. All-in for 2024, the Company posted record adjusted earnings of $4.32 per 
Class B share compared to $3.76 per Class B share for 2023, returned $407.0 million to shareholders in dividends and share 
buyback and still finished the year with a healthy liquidity position in excess of $2.2 billion in cash and available credit 
capacity. For 2025, management is cautiously enthusiastic about its growth opportunities although the new U.S. political 
doctrine that may impose dramatically new tariffs and unsettle trade for some parts of CCL’s business and its customers 
remains earnestly on the watch.
The CCL Segment reported a solid year in 2024, while investing in new significant incremental capacity and technology 
additions in Raleigh, North Carolina, and Montreal, Quebec, for Healthcare & Specialty; Dornbirn, Austria, Alicante, Spain, 
and Turin, Italy, for Food & Beverage; Guanajuato, Mexico, for Home & Personal Care; and new coating initiatives in China 
for CCL Design, positioning for growth and improved profitability in the coming years. For CCL Secure, new business wins 
for polymer banknote substrate should drive improved sales volume especially in the first half of 2025.
For 2025, growth at Avery’s Direct-to-Consumer businesses and continued profit improvement in the Horticultural 
operations are expected and should outpace legacy product lines. Further “tuck-in” acquisitions augmenting Avery’s 
presence globally are also possible. 
Checkpoint expects continued strong demand in 2025 for RFID-related products, including categories beyond the retail 
and apparel space. Checkpoint’s new RFID inlay facility in Mexico will continue to add manufacturing capabilities in 2025, 
building out its position to become one of the leaders in the North American market. Checkpoint, late in 2024, added a 
new large facility in Bangladesh and is doing the same in Vietnam in mid-2025. Consequently, the core MAS and ALS retail 
and apparel product categories are also expected to grow and improve profitability in 2025.
For Innovia, the first half of 2025 will be significantly focused on completing the final testing milestones of its new thin-
gauge film line in Germany, which is currently on track for commercial launch by mid-2025. The new proprietary “EcoFloat” 
shrink film line in Poland is expected to continue to add volume in 2025, and new coating lines in Mexico and the U.K. 
should add new product depth. All-in, Innovia is expected to improve on its 2024 results.
The Company concluded the year with cash on hand of $828.7 million and unused availability on the revolving credit 
facility of approximately US$956.7 million. The Company’s liquidity position is robust, with a net debt leverage ratio of 
1.08 times Adjusted EBITDA at the end of the current year, despite business acquisitions and net capital investments of 
$142.9 million and $457.4 million, respectively, as well as $200.6 million used to buy back the Company’s Class B non-
voting shares. As always, the Company remains focused on vigilantly managing working capital and prioritizing capital 
to higher-growth organic opportunities or unique acquisitions expected to enhance shareholder value. The Company 
currently expects capital expenditures for 2025 to be approximately $485.0 million, supporting organic growth and new 
greenfield opportunities globally. Early first-quarter 2025 orders have been stable, raw material and energy cost pressures 
in line, with the economic impacts of U.S. tariffs and the conflicts in Europe and Middle East so far modest. If demand 
remains stable for the remainder of the year and the Company executes on its global growth initiatives, results for 2025 
should deliver good progress over 2024.
44
2024 Annual Report

KPMG LLP 
100 New Park Place, Suite 1400 
Vaughan, ON  L4K 0J3 
Tel 905-265 5900 
Fax 905-265 6390 
www.kpmg.ca 
KPMG LLP, an Ontario limited liability partnership and member firm of the KPMG global 
organization of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private 
English company limited by guarantee. KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP. 
Document classification: KPMG Confidential 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
To the Shareholders of CCL Industries Inc. 
Opinion 
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of CCL Industries Inc. (the Entity), which comprise: 
•
the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023
•
the consolidated income statements for the years then ended
•
the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended
•
the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended
•
the consolidated statements of cash flow for the years then ended
•
and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant  material
accounting policy information.
(Hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”). 
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidate
financial position of the Entity as at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, its consolidated financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting 
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 
d 
Basis for Opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Auditor’s Responsibilities for the 
Audit of the Financial Statements” section of our auditor’s report.  
We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements.  
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. 
45
2024 Annual Report

Key Audit Matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.  
We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our 
auditor’s report.  
Evaluation of goodwill and brands for impairment 
Description of the matter  
We draw attention to Notes 2(d), 3(e), 3(h(ii)), 12 and 13 of the financial statements.  
The goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets (goodwill and brands) balances were $2,554.1 million and 
$474.6 million respectively. The Entity performs goodwill and brands impairment testing annually or more 
frequently when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a CGU may exceed its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of a CGU’s fair value, less costs to sell, and its 
value in use. The value in use is determined by discounting the future cash flows generated from the 
continuing performance of each CGU. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include 
growth rates and discount rates.  
Why the matter is a key audit matter 
We identified the evaluation of the goodwill and brands for impairment as a key audit matter. This matter 
represented an area of significant risk of material misstatement and there is a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty in determining the value in use. Significant auditor attention and significant auditor judgment, in 
particular that of senior team members and valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, 
was required in performing and evaluating the results of our procedures  
How the matter was addressed in the audit  
The primary procedures we performed to address this key audit matter included the following: 
We evaluated the forecasted profitability of the Entity by comparing to its historical profitability growth rates. 
We took into account changes in conditions and events affecting the CGUs to assess the adjustments, or 
lack of adjustments, made in arriving at those forecasted cashflows. We considered the current economic 
environment along with internal and external communications made by the Entity to evaluate if they are 
indicative of a continuation of, or a change from, past experience. 
We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in assessing the 
discount rate, which was based on weighted average cost of capital (WACC) by comparing each CGU’s 
WACC to a WACC range that was independently developed using publicly available data including risk 
premiums, betas and debt to capital ratios for comparable entities. 
We assessed the reasonableness of the recoverable amount of goodwill and brand assets by developing an 
estimated recoverable amount using each CGU’s future cash flows and the independently developed 
discount rate developed by valuation professionals above and comparing the result to the CGU’s estimated 
recoverable amount. 
We performed sensitivity analyses over key assumptions and assessed their impact on the Entity’s 
determination that the estimated recoverable amount of the CGUs exceeded their carrying amounts. 
46
2024 Annual Report

Other Information 
Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises: 
•
the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian
Securities Commissions.
•
the information, other than the financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon, included in a
document likely to be entitled “Annual Report”.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other 
information appears to be materially misstated. 
We obtained the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant 
Canadian Securities Commissions as at the date of this auditor’s report. 
If, based on the work we have performed on this other information, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact in the auditor’s report. 
We have nothing to report in this regard. We have concluded that the following mat 
The information, other than the financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon, included in a document 
likely to be entitled “Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s 
report. If, based on the work we will perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact to those charged with governance. 
Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial 
Statements 
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, 
and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity's ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has 
no realistic alternative but to do so. 
Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity's financial reporting process. 
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. 
47
2024 Annual Report

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the 
financial statements. 
As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise 
professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. 
We also: 
•
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal control.
•
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Entity's internal control.
•
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates and related disclosures made by management.
•
Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of accounting and,
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity's ability to continue as a going concern. If we
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the
related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
However, future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.
•
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the
disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a
manner that achieves fair presentation.
•
Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal
control that we identify during our audit.
•
Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
•
Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial
information of the entities or business units within the group as a basis for forming an opinion on the
group financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit work
performed for the purposes of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
48
2024 Annual Report

•
Determine, from the matters communicated with those charged with governance, those matters that were
of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key
audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should
not be communicated in our auditor’s report because the adverse consequences of doing so would
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditor’s report is William J. Stephen. 
Vaughan, Canada 
February 20, 2025 
49
2024 Annual Report

C O N SO L I DAT E D  STAT E M E N TS  O F  F I N A N C I A L  P OS I T I O N
(In millions of Canadian dollars)
As at December 31
Note
2024 
2023
Assets
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
 Inventories
 Prepaid expenses 
Assets held for sale 
Income taxes recoverable 
6 
7 
 
8
10 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
828.7 
1,251.4 
819.9 
62.1 
23.5 
51.8 
$ 
 
774.2
1,089.3
732.3
50.6
—
38.8
 Derivative instruments 
0.1 
0.1
Total current assets 
 
3,037.5 
 
2,685.3
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets  
 Goodwill
 Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
 Equity-accounted investments 
 Other assets 
10 
11 
 12,13
 12,13 
15 
 
9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,698.1 
215.4 
2,554.1 
1,109.7 
94.7 
60.9 
31.7 
 
 
 
 
2,466.4
213.7
2,293.6
1,032.0
105.0
85.0
25.2
Derivative instruments  
24 
 
57.0 
18.0
Total non-current assets 
6,821.6 
 
6,238.9
Total assets 
 
$ 
9,859.1 
$ 
8,924.2
Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current portion of long-term debt 
 Lease liabilities 
14 
18 
$ 
 
1,416.9 
4.2 
47.2 
$ 
1,329.5
6.9
45.0
Income taxes payable 
 
 
42.2 
35.5
Total current liabilities 
1,510.5 
 
1,416.9
Non-current liabilities 
 
 Long-term debt 
 Lease liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities  
 Employee benefits
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 
 Derivative instruments
 
18 
 
 
15 
 
20
 
24
2,232.5 
 
163.7 
 
347.3 
 
307.7 
16.7 
 
— 
 
2,067.8
162.7
346.2
282.5
 
13.9
11.0
Total non-current liabilities 
3,067.9 
 
2,884.1
Total liabilities 
 
 
4,578.4 
 
4,301.0
Equity 
 Share capital
 Contributed surplus 
 Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
 
16
29 
 
607.8 
101.1 
 
4,492.3 
 
79.5 
520.5
157.9
 
4,056.2
 
(111.4)
Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company
 
5,280.7 
 
4,623.2
 Acquisitions
Commitments and contingencies 
 Subsequent event
 
5
26 
31
Total liabilities and equity 
$ 
9,859.1 
$ 
8,924.2
On behalf of the Board:
See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Geoffrey T. Martin
Director 
Donald G. Lang
Director
50
2024 Annual Report

C O N SO L I DAT E D  I N C O M E  STAT E M E N TS
(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
Years ended December 31 
Note
2024 
2023
Sales 
Cost of sales 
$ 
 
7,245.0 
5,107.3 
$ 
 
6,649.6
4,735.2
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Revaluation gain  
Goodwill impairment loss  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
30 
5 
13 
 
 
 
2,137.7 
1,073.0 
5.5 
(78.1) 
— 
(18.9) 
 
 
1,914.4
985.6
42.8
—
95.0
(17.9)
 
1,156.2 
808.9
Finance cost
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 
 
19
 
19 
11,19 
 
 
89.8 
(23.5) 
8.7 
 
94.2
(23.6)
7.4
Net finance cost 
 
75.0 
78.0
Earnings before income tax 
Income tax expense 
22 
 
1,081.2 
238.1 
730.9
200.7
Net earnings 
$ 
843.1 
$ 
530.2
Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per Class B share 
17 
$ 
4.73 
$ 
2.99
Diluted earnings per Class B share 
17 
$ 
4.70 
$ 
2.95
See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.
51
2024 Annual Report

C O N SO L I DAT E D  STAT E M E N TS  O F  C O M P R E H E N S I V E  I N C O M E
(In millions of Canadian dollars)
Years ended December 31
2024  
2023
Net earnings  
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
Foreign currency translation adjustment for foreign operations, net of  
tax expense of $4.0 for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2023 – tax expense of $4.5) 
Net losses on hedges of net investment in foreign operations, net of  
tax recovery of $10.2 for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2023 – tax recovery of $3.6) 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of  
  
tax expense of $0.1 for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2023 – tax recovery of $0.1) 
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement,  
 net of tax expense of $0.1 for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2023 – tax recovery of $0.1) 
Actuarial losses on defined benefit post-employment plans, net of tax recovery of $2.9  
for the year ended December 31, 2024 (2023 – tax recovery of $3.9) 
$ 
 
 
843.1 
260.1 
(69.2) 
0.2 
(0.2) 
(6.9) 
$ 
530.2
(22.7)
(23.4)
(0.3)
0.4
(11.2)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 
184.0 
(57.2)
Total comprehensive income 
 
$ 
1,027.1 
$ 
473.0
See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 
52
2024 Annual Report

C O N SO L I DAT E D  STAT E M E N TS  O F  C H A N G E S  I N  EQ U I T Y
(In millions of Canadian dollars)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(note 16) 
 
 
 
 
 
Class B 
Shares 
(note 16) 
 
 
Total 
Share 
Capital 
 
 
 
Contributed 
Surplus 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Retained 
Gain 
Earnings 
(Loss) 
Total 
Equity 
Attributable
to 
Shareholders
Balance, January 1, 2023 
 
  
  
 $ 
4.5 
$ 
463.9 $ 
468.4 
$ 
132.0 
$ 
3,730.2 
$ 
(65.4) $ 
4,265.2
Net earnings  
 
  
  
Dividends declared 
 
  
  
 Class A 
 
  
  
 Class B 
 
  
  
Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax 
  
Stock-based compensation plan 
  
  
Stock options exercised 
 
  
  
Income tax effect related to stock options 
  
Repurchase of shares (note 16) 
  
  
Other comprehensive loss  
  
  
  
— 
 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
17.9 
34.5 
— 
(0.3) 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
17.9 
34.5 
— 
(0.3) 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
31.6 
(5.9) 
0.2 
— 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
530.2 
(12.4) 
(175.8) 
(11.2) 
— 
— 
— 
(4.8) 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(46.0) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
530.2
(12.4)
(175.8)
(11.2)
49.5
28.6
0.2
(5.1)
(46.0)
Balance, December 31, 2023  
  
  
 $ 
4.5 
$ 
516.0 $ 
520.5 
$ 
157.9 
$ 
4,056.2 
$ (111.4) $ 
4,623.2
Net earnings  
 
  
Dividends declared 
 
  
 Class A 
 
  
 Class B 
 
  
Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
  
Stock options exercised 
 
  
Repurchase of shares (note 16) 
  
Other comprehensive gain  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
— 
 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
  
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
89.2 
7.6 
(9.5) 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
89.2 
7.6 
(9.5) 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(55.5) 
(1.3) 
— 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
843.1 
(13.5) 
(192.9) 
(6.9) 
— 
— 
(193.7) 
— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
190.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
843.1
(13.5)
(192.9)
(6.9)
33.7
6.3
(203.2)
190.9
Balance, December 31, 2024 
  
  
 $ 
4.5 
$ 
603.3 $ 
607.8 
$ 
101.1 
$ 
4,492.3 
$ 
79.5 $ 
5,280.7
See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 
53
2024 Annual Report

C O N SO L I DAT E D  STAT E M E N TS  O F  CAS H  F LOW
(In millions of Canadian dollars)
Years ended December 31
2024  
2023
Cash provided by (used for)
Operating activities
Net earnings 
Adjustments for: 
Property, plant and equipment depreciation 
Right-of-use assets depreciation 
 
 Intangible amortization  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments, net of dividends received 
Net finance cost 
Current income tax expense 
Deferred income tax recovery 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
Goodwill impairment loss 
 Revaluation gain 
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 
 
$ 
 
 
843.1 
305.5 
53.8 
73.1 
(18.9) 
75.0 
249.9 
(11.8) 
33.7 
— 
(78.1) 
(3.0) 
$ 
530.2
283.8
50.7
68.8
(10.5)
78.0
220.8
(20.1)
49.7
95.0
—
(9.0)
Change in inventories  
Change in trade and other receivables 
Change in prepaid expenses 
Change in trade and other payables  
Change in income taxes recoverable and payable 
Change in employee benefits 
Change in other assets and liabilities 
 
1,522.3 
 
(77.5) 
(142.0) 
(10.8) 
70.7 
(8.9) 
 
15.3 
9.7 
 
1,337.4
77.4
39.2
(0.4)
 
(120.7)
(0.8)
5.6
(26.6)
Net interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
 
 
1,378.8 
 
(57.4) 
(257.5) 
 
1,311.1
(61.4)
(246.4)
Cash provided by operating activities 
1,063.9 
 
1,003.3
Financing activities
Proceeds on issuance of long-term debt 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Repayment of lease liabilities 
Proceeds from issuance of shares 
 
Repurchase of shares (note 16) 
 Dividends paid 
 
236.8 
 
(210.0) 
 
(50.4) 
6.3 
 
(200.6) 
(206.4) 
330.9
(414.6)
(46.8)
28.6
(5.1)
(188.2)
Cash used for financing activities 
(424.3) 
(295.2)
Investing activities 
Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Business acquisitions (note 5) 
(462.0) 
 
4.6 
 
(142.9) 
(461.6)
17.9
(324.3)
Cash used for investing activities 
(600.3) 
(768.0)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents 
 
39.3 
 
774.2 
15.2 
(59.9)
839.5
(5.4)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
$ 
828.7 
$ 
774.2
See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.
54
2024 Annual Report

1.
REPORTING ENTITY
CCL Industries Inc. (the “Company”) is a public company, listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada. These consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, comprise the results of the Company, its subsidiaries and its interest in joint ventures and associates. The 
Company has manufacturing facilities around the world and is primarily involved in the manufacture of labels, consumer 
printable media products, technology-driven label solutions, polymer banknote substrates and specialty films. 
2.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
(a) Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by 
the International Accounting Standards Board. 
These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 20, 
2025.
(b) Basis of measurement 
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items in 
the consolidated statements of financial position:
• Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value;
• 	Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value; and
• 	Assets related to the defined benefit plans are measured at fair value and liabilities related to the defined benefit plans
are calculated by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
(c) Presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s presentation currency. 
All financial information, except per share information, is presented in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.
(d) Use of estimates and judgements
The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of recognized transactions and balances.
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgements, apart from those 
involving estimations, that can significantly affect the amounts it recognizes in the financial statements. 
Judgements, estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
The Company has applied judgement in its assessment of the classification of financial instruments, the recognition 
and derecognition of tax losses and provisions, the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the identification 
of the indicators of impairment for property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and right-of-use assets, the level 
of componentization of property, plant and equipment and the allocation of purchase price adjustments on business 
combinations. 
Estimates are used when determining the amounts recorded for depreciation and amortization of property, plant and 
equipment, intangible assets, right-of-use assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment 
benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, lease liabilities, certain fair value measures, including those related to the 
valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments and in the valuation of goodwill and 
intangible assets.
N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
55
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
3.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all comparative information presented in these 
consolidated financial statements. 
(a) Basis of consolidation
(i) 
Business combinations
The Company measures goodwill as the fair value of the consideration transferred including the recognized amount of 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase 
gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company elects to measure, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, 
non-controlling interest either at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net 
assets at the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, 
that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 
(ii) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, when 
necessary, to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.
(iii) Associates and joint arrangements
The Company’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates and joint ventures.
Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the 
financial and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 
50% of the voting power of another entity. 
The Company classifies its interests in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Company has rights to the assets 
and has obligations for the liabilities relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Company has the rights only to the 
net assets of an arrangement). When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, 
the legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method and are recognized initially at 
cost. The Company’s investments include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of 
equity-accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date 
that significant influence commences until the date that it ceases. When the Company’s share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to 
nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has 
made payments on behalf of the investee.
(iv) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Inter-company balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from inter-company 
transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions 
with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company’s interest in the 
investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no 
evidence of impairment.
(b) Foreign currency
(i) 
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company’s entities using 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
reporting date are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in the foreign currency translated 
56
2024 Annual Report

at the exchange rate at the end of the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are measured at fair value are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was 
determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in the consolidated income statement, 
except for differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a 
foreign operation or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (see 
note 3(b)(iii)). Foreign currency-denominated non-monetary items, measured at historical cost, have been translated at 
the rate of exchange at the transaction date.
The financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, 
are translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign 
operations are translated into Canadian dollars using the average exchange rates for the period.
(ii) Foreign operations
Foreign currency differences are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (loss) and presented within the 
foreign currency translation adjustment.
When a foreign operation is disposed of, the amount in other comprehensive income (loss) related to the foreign operation 
is fully transferred to the consolidated income statement. A disposal occurs when the entire interest in the foreign operation 
is disposed of or, in the case of a partial disposal, when the partial disposal results in the loss of control of a subsidiary 
or the loss of significant influence. For any partial disposal of the Company’s interest in a subsidiary that includes a 
foreign operation, the Company re-attributes the proportionate share of the relevant amounts in other comprehensive 
income to non-controlling interests. For any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the Company reclassifies to the 
consolidated income statement only the proportionate share of the relevant amount in other comprehensive income.
Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from, or payable to, a foreign operation, the 
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment 
in a foreign operation and are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within the foreign 
currency translation adjustment.
(iii) Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation
The Company applies hedge accounting to the foreign currency exposure arising between the functional currency of the 
foreign operation and the parent entity’s functional currency, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly 
or through an intermediate parent.
Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment 
in a foreign operation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. 
To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the consolidated income statement. When 
the hedged part of a net investment is disposed of or partially disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is 
transferred to the consolidated income statement as an adjustment to the consolidated income statement on disposal, 
in accordance with the policy described in note 3(b)(ii).
(c) Financial instruments 
(i) 
Financial assets and liabilities
The Company recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently measures them at 
either fair value or amortized cost based on the following classifications:
Amortized cost:
The Company classifies financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows at amortized cost, including cash and cash 
equivalents and trade and other receivables. The Company initially recognizes the carrying amount of such assets on the 
consolidated statement of financial position at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, and subsequently 
measures them at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”):
Financial assets purchased and financial liabilities incurred, with the intention of generating earnings in the near term, 
are classified as FVTPL. This category includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting, if any. For items classified as FVTPL, the Company initially recognizes such financial assets on the consolidated 
statement of financial position at fair value and recognizes subsequent changes in the consolidated income statement. 
57
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
Transaction costs incurred are expensed in the consolidated income statements. The Company does not currently hold 
any assets and liabilities designated as FVTPL. 
Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”):
This category includes the Company’s investments in securities. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at 
fair value on the consolidated statement of financial position and changes therein are recognized in other comprehensive 
income. When an investment is derecognized, the accumulated gain or loss in other comprehensive income is not 
transferred to the consolidated income statement.
Other financial liabilities:
This category is for financial liabilities that are not classified as FVTPL or FVTOCI and includes trade and other payables 
and long-term debt. These financial liabilities are recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated statement of financial 
position.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and 
only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
(ii)  Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest-rate-risk exposure and its 
price-risk exposure related to the purchase of raw materials. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract 
and accounted for separately. If the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative 
are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition 
of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through the consolidated income statement. 
Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in the consolidated income 
statement.
On initial designation of the hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) 
and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together 
with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes periodic 
assessments of prospective hedge effectiveness. 
The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market prices, if available. If a listed market price is 
not available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the 
current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).
The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting 
estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for a similar 
instrument at the measurement date.
Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take into account the credit risk of the group 
entity and counterparty when appropriate.
Cash flow hedges
When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a 
particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit 
or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income 
and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and 
included in profit or loss in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss, under the same line item in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair 
value of the derivative is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.
If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or it expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, 
or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in unrealized gains or losses on cash flow hedges in equity 
remains there until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the 
amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is 
recognized. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income 
is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is 
transferred to the consolidated income statement in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.
58
2024 Annual Report

Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments. Changes 
in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated income statement, 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.
(d) Property, plant and equipment
(i) 
Recognition and measurement
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses.
Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working 
condition for their intended uses, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which 
they are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part 
of that equipment. 
The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on the amount 
for which a property could be exchanged on the date of valuation between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s 
length transaction.
Borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the 
cost of the assets. 
When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate 
items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.
Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.
The cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item 
if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be 
measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of 
property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
(ii)
Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated based on the cost of the asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value.
Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item 
of property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future 
economic benefits embodied in the asset. 
The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 
• Buildings
		Up to 40 years 
• Machinery and equipment
		Up to 20 years 
• Fixtures and fittings
		Up to 10 years 
• Minor components
		Up to 5 years
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 
(e) Intangible assets
(i)
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events 
or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For measurement of goodwill at initial 
recognition, see note 3(a)(i).
Subsequent measurement
Goodwill is measured at cost, less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity-accounted investments, the 
carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment.
59
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(ii) Other intangible assets
Indefinite-life intangibles, such as brands, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Intangible assets consist of patents, trademarks, brands, software and the value of acquired customer relationships. 
Impairment losses for intangible assets where the carrying value is not recoverable are measured based on fair value. Fair 
value is calculated by using discounted cash flows. 
The fair values of customer relationships acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period 
excess earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part 
of creating the related cash flows. 
The fair values of brands acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess earnings 
method or the relief of royalty method, whereby the value of the brand is equal to the royalty savings from having 
ownership as opposed to licensing the brand. 
Amortization is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives 
of intangible assets, other than indefinite-life intangible assets, such as brands and goodwill, from the date that they are 
available for use. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years are as follows: 
• Patents, trademarks and other
Up to 15 years
• Customer relationships
Up to 20 years
• Brands and goodwill
Indefinite life
(f)
Leases
The Company recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless 
the underlying asset is of low value. The right-of-use asset is measured based on the initial value of the lease liability 
adjusted for lease payments made at or before the commencement of the lease, initial direct costs and estimated 
dismantling and restoring costs. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the asset’s 
useful life, unless it is reasonably certain the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, in which case 
the asset is depreciated over its useful life. 
The lease liability is measured at the present value of all future lease payments discounted at the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method whereby interest 
is recognized in profit or loss over the lease term.
The Company has adopted practical expedients related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets whereby 
lease obligations associated with these leases are recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement when 
incurred.
(g) Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, 
first-out principle and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs, and 
other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing locations and conditions. In the case of manufactured inventories 
and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion 
and selling.
The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on 
the effort required to complete and sell the inventories.
Estimates regarding obsolete and slow-moving inventory are also computed.
(h) Impairment
(i) 
Financial assets, including receivables
A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective 
evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered impaired if objective evidence indicates an expected credit 
loss (“ECL”). Loss allowances are measured based on lifetime ECLs where losses are recognized from all possible default 
events over the expected life of a financial instrument. 
60
2024 Annual Report

The Company considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortized cost at both a specific asset 
and a collective level. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost are assessed for specific 
impairment. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost that are found not to be specifically 
impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. 
In assessing collective impairment, the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries 
and the amount of expected loss, adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current and expected future 
economic and credit conditions are such that the expected losses are likely to be greater than or less than those suggested 
by historical trends. 
An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between 
its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest 
rate and reflected in an allowance account against trade receivables. Losses are recognized in the consolidated income 
statement. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss 
is reversed through profit or loss.
(ii) Non-financial assets 
The carrying amounts of non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each 
reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the impairment 
would be recognized in the consolidated income statement.
Impairments are recorded when the expected recoverable amount of assets is less than their carrying amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or a cash-generating unit’s fair value, less the cost to sell and its value in use. 
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose 
of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets 
that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups 
of assets. For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated 
to the CGU, or the group of CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is 
subject to an operating segment ceiling test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal 
reporting purposes. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses, other than those relating to 
goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals when events or changes in circumstances warrant such consideration. 
The carrying values of finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-
life intangibles are tested annually for impairment. 
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in 
prior years are assessed at each reporting date for any indication that the losses have decreased or no longer exist. An 
impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An 
impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.
Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an equity-accounted investment is not recognized separately and 
therefore is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the equity-accounted investment is tested 
for impairment as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the equity-accounted investment may be impaired.
(i) 
Employee benefits
(i) 
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to 
defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated income statement 
in the period that the service is rendered by the employee.
(ii) Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company’s net 
obligation in respect of defined benefit post-employment plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that 
benefit is discounted to determine its present value using a discount rate comparable to high-quality corporate bonds. Any 
61
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
unrecognized past service costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The calculation is performed annually 
by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the 
recognized asset is limited to the total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits 
available in the form of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic 
benefit is available to the Company if it is realizable during the life of the plan or on settlement of the plan liabilities.
When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is 
recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become 
vested. To the extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognized immediately in the consolidated 
income statement.
The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive 
income immediately and reports them in retained earnings.
The Company determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the 
discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then net defined 
benefit liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the period as a result of the 
contributions and benefit balances. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are 
recognized in profit or loss. 
(iii) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic 
possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date or 
provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for 
voluntary redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is 
probable that the offer will be accepted and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable 
more than 12 months after the reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. 
(iv) Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized as the related service 
is provided.
(v) Share-based payment transactions
For equity-settled share-based plans, the grant-date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an 
employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally 
entitled to the options. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options for 
which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met. The fair value of options is measured 
using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement date, the exercise price 
of the instrument, the expected volatility, the weighted-average expected life of the instrument, the expected dividends, 
and the risk-free interest rate. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the awards are not taken into 
account in determining fair value.
For equity-settled share-based deferred share unit, performance stock unit, long-term retention and other restricted share 
unit plans, the grant-date fair value of deferred share units is recognized as an employee expense, with a corresponding 
increase in equity. The grant-date fair value is not subsequently remeasured. 
(j) Provisions
A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that 
can be estimated reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized 
as a finance cost. 
(k) Revenue
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. Revenue is recognized as 
performance obligations are satisfied and the Company transfers control of a product or service to a customer. For performance 
obligations satisfied at a point in time, revenue is recognized when the Company has a present right to payment, the buyer 
has legal title to the asset, physical possession of the asset has been transferred to the buyer, the buyer has the significant 
risks and rewards of ownership and the buyer has accepted the asset. Generally, the buyer obtains control at the time goods 
62
2024 Annual Report

are shipped, the product is delivered or services are rendered. For performance obligations satisfied over time, revenue is 
recognized by measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. For customer contracts 
that contain multiple performance obligations, each element is treated separately for revenue recognition purposes. For 
these contracts, the total transaction price is allocated to each obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price. 
Revenue is then recognized for each obligation when the relevant recognition criteria are met.
Certain contracts with customers contain incentives, including the payment of discounts based on quantities purchased. 
These incentives represent variable consideration and are estimated and recognized as a reduction of related revenues. 
(l) 
Finance income and costs 
Finance income comprises interest income on invested funds, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, and 
gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Interest income is recognized 
in the consolidated income statement as it accrues, using the effective interest method. 
Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair 
value of financial assets at FVTPL, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments 
that are recognized in the consolidated income statement. All borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated income 
statement using the effective interest method, except for those amounts capitalized as part of the cost of qualifying 
property, plant and equipment.
(m) Taxation
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the consolidated income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity. In such cases, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
(i) 
Current tax
Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are not taxable or not deductible. 
Current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting 
period and includes any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years. Management periodically evaluates 
positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. 
Provisions are established where appropriate based on amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
(ii)
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated 
using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and which 
are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.
(iii) Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized 
for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.
(iv) Deferred tax assets
A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent 
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are 
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit 
will be realized. 
Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill or in 
respect of temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets and liabilities acquired, other than in a business 
combination, and those that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
(n)  Share capital
All shares are recorded as equity. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes 
directly attributable costs, net of any tax effect, is recognized as a deduction from equity. 
63
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(o)  Earnings per share
The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its Class B shares. Basic EPS is calculated by
dividing net earnings attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding
during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting net earnings attributable to shareholders and the weighted
average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares.
(p) Segment reporting
A segment is a distinguishable component of the Company that is engaged either in providing related products and
services (business segment) or in providing products and services within a particular economic environment (geographical 
segment) and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other segments. Segment information is
presented in respect of the Company’s business and geographical segments. The Company’s primary format for segment 
reporting is based on business segments. The business segments are determined based on the Company’s management
and internal reporting structure.
Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly other investments and related revenue, loans and borrowings 
and related expenses, corporate assets (primarily the Company’s headquarters) and head office expenses. Segment 
capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment.
(q) Government grants
Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the Company
will comply with conditions attached to the grant. Government grants for compensation of expenses are deducted from
the related expense on a systematic basis in the periods in which the original expenses are recognized in profit or loss.
Government grants related to assets are deducted in arriving at the asset’s carrying value. The grant is recognized in profit 
or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense.
(r) Recently issued new accounting standards, not yet effective
In April 2024, IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements, was issued by the IASB introducing new
requirements to help achieve comparability of the financial performance of similar entities. IFRS 18 focuses on the
income statement requiring new subtotals and the classification of income and expenses into operating, investing and
financing categories as well as disclosure of management performance measures and guidance on grouping information
in the financial statements. IFRS 18 will replace IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, retaining many of the
general requirements of IAS 1. The new standard is effective for reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2027, applied
retrospectively. The Company is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 18 on its consolidated financial statements.
4.
SEGMENT REPORTING
(a)  Business segments
The Company has four reportable segments, as described below, which are the Company’s main business units. The
business units offer different products and services and are managed separately as they require different technology and
marketing strategies. For each of the business units, the Company’s CEO, the chief operating decision maker, reviews
internal management reports regularly.
The Company’s reportable segments are the following: 
• 	CCL is a converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range of decorative, instructional,
security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers in the consumer packaging,
healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded and labeled plastic
tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, specialty folded cartons, precision
engineered and die cut components, electronic displays, polymer banknote substrate and other complementary
products and services are sold in parallel to specific end-use markets.
• 	Avery is a supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in
businesses and homes alongside complementary products sold through distributors and mass market retailers and
pressure sensitive tapes in Brazil. The products are split into five primary lines: (1) Printable Media: including address
labels, product identification labels and name badges/cards supported by customized software solutions where
applicable; (2) Organization Products: including binders, indexes, sheet protectors and writing instruments; (3) Direct-
to-Consumer: digitally imaged labels, name and event badges, radio frequency identification (“RFID”) enabled key cards 
and wristbands, planners and kids-oriented identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs;
(4) Pressure Sensitive Tapes; and (5) Horticultural labels and tags.
64
2024 Annual Report

• 	Checkpoint is a manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions,
including radio frequency and RFID solutions, to the broad retail and apparel industries globally. The Segment has
three primary product lines: Merchandise Availability Solutions (“MAS”), Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) and “Meto”.
The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags for loss
prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some of
which are RFID capable. Meto supplies hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays.
• 	Innovia supplies specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered films from facilities in Australia, Germany, 
Mexico, Poland and the United Kingdom to customers in the pressure sensitive materials, flexible packaging and
consumer packaged goods industries worldwide. Additionally a small percentage of the total volume is sold internally
to the CCL Segment and more so to CCL Secure. Two smaller facilities, in Germany and U.S., produce almost their entire 
output for CCL Label.
Sales 
Operating Income
2024
2023
2024 
 
2023
CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
 
$ 
 
 
4,502.6 
1,049.1 
986.9 
706.4 
$ 
 
 
 
4,104.7 
1,039.9 
875.2 
629.8 
$ 
 
 
 
713.7 
211.5 
150.9 
66.2 
$ 
633.5
199.5
132.0
45.6
$ 
7,245.0 
$ 
6,649.6 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,142.3 
(77.6) 
(5.5) 
78.1 
— 
18.9 
(89.8) 
23.5 
(8.7) 
(238.1) 
$ 
1,010.6
(81.8)
(42.8)
—
(95.0)
17.9
(94.2)
23.6
(7.4)
(200.7)
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Revaluation gain 
Goodwill impairment loss  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments 
Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities  
Income tax expense 
Net earnings 
 
$ 
843.1 
$ 
530.2
Total Assets 
Total Liabilities
Depreciation 
Capital 
and Amortization 
Expenditures
 As at December 31 
Twelve Months Ended December 31
2024 
2023 
 2024 
2023 
2024  
2023 
2024 
2023
CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Equity-accounted investments  
Corporate 
$ 5,374.5 
 1,110.0  
 1,249.5  
 1,160.3  
 
60.9 
 
903.9  
$ 4,753.9 
1,081.8 
1,106.7 
1,071.0 
 
85.0 
825.8 
$ 
 
 
 
 
1,297.7 
307.5 
 
457.0 
 
292.5 
 
— 
 
2,223.7 
$ 1,182.1 
303.5 
426.4 
309.7 
— 
 2,079.3 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
292.4 
40.4 
51.5 
46.8 
— 
1.3 
 
$ 
 
 
 
262.7 
42.4 
47.4 
49.3 
—
1.5 
$ 
 
 
 
 
323.7 
25.5 
 
64.6 
 
48.2 
 
— 
— 
$ 324.7
13.1
43.3
80.5
—
—
Total 
$ 
9,859.1 $ 8,924.2 
$ 4,578.4 
$ 4,301.0 
$ 432.4 
$ 403.3 
$ 462.0 
$ 461.6
All revenues are from products and services transferred at a point in time, except $16.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2024 (December 31, 2023 – $14.0 million), which are for maintenance service arrangements within the 
Checkpoint Segment. 
The Innovia Segment had intercompany revenues of $79.3 million with the CCL Segment for the year ended December 31, 
2024 (2023 – $68.8 million). These transactions are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
65
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(b) Geographical segments
The CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments are managed on a worldwide basis but operate in the following 
geographical areas:
• Canada;
• United States and Puerto Rico;
• Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina;
• Europe; and
• Asia, Australia, Africa, Middle East and New Zealand.
Property, Plant and  
 Equipment, Goodwill  
2024
Sales 
and Intangible Assets
2023
2024 
 
2023
Canada 
 
$ 
144.5 
$ 
153.5 
$ 
85.5 
$ 
71.3
United States and Puerto Rico 
2,726.6 
2,568.0 
2,173.6 
 
2,024.6
Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina  
 
893.6 
 
849.3 
 
836.0 
832.7
Europe 
 
 
2,224.0 
 
2,060.8 
 
2,239.0 
 
2,090.4
Asia, Australia, Africa, Middle East and New Zealand 
 
1,256.3 
 
1,018.0 
 
1,027.8 
773.0
Consolidated 
 
$ 
7,245.0 
$ 
6,649.6 
$ 
6,361.9 
$ 
5,792.0
	The geographical segment is determined based on the location from which the sale is made.
5.
ACQUISITIONS
(a) Acquisitions in 2024 
In June 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in its Pacman-CCL (“Pacman”) joint 
venture for cash consideration of approximately $142.9 million, net of cash acquired. Pacman, headquartered at its Dubai 
manufacturing facility in the United Arab Emirates, also operates label production facilities in Oman, Egypt, Saudi Arabia 
and Pakistan and has been added to the CCL Segment.
Applying the requirements under IFRS 3 – Business Combinations, the Company re-measured its previously held interest in 
Pacman to its fair value. The acquisition date fair value of the previously held interest was determined to be $111.1 million, 
net of cash acquired, resulting in a gain of $78.1 million reclassified to net earnings. The fair value of $111.1 million forms 
part of the total purchase consideration as reflected in the table below.
Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
Fair value of previously held 50% interest 
$ 
142.9
 
111.1
$ 
254.0
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories
Prepaid expenses
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other payables  
Current lease liabilities
Income taxes payable
Long-term lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.0
10.1
0.6
19.7
1.4
138.5
95.0
0.8
(5.0)
(0.3)
(1.6)
(1.5)
(19.0)
(4.7)
Net assets acquired
 
$ 
254.0
66
2024 Annual Report

As a result of the inherent complexity associated with the valuation of net assets acquired, the determination of the fair 
value of assets and liabilities acquired for Pacman are based upon preliminary estimates and assumptions. The Company 
will continue to review information prior to finalizing the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The 
actual fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed may differ from the amounts noted above.	
Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies, employee knowledge of operations and 
unrestricted access to the Middle East, India and Africa markets. The total amount of goodwill for Pacman is $138.5 million, 
which is not deductible for tax purposes.
The following table summarizes the combined sales and net earnings that the newly acquired Pacman has contributed to 
the Company since the date of acquisition. 
Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2024
Sales
 
$ 
55.4
Net earnings
 
$ 
12.4
(b) Pro forma information
The pro forma consolidated financial information below has been prepared following the accounting policies of the 
Company as if the acquisition took place January 1, 2024.
The pro forma consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily 
indicative of results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken 
place on the dates indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position of the 
Company. Future results may vary significantly from the pro forma results presented. 
The following table summarizes the sales and net earnings of the Company combined with Pacman as though the 
acquisition took place on January 1, 2024:
Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2024
Sales
 
$ 
7,286.1
Net earnings
 
$ 
849.9
(c) Acquisitions in 2023
In April 2023, the Company acquired privately owned eAgile Inc. (“eAgile”), based in Grand Rapids, Michigan, for 
approximately $52.2 million, net of cash acquired. eAgile is a start-up technology company with proprietary, patented 
hardware and software solutions for the healthcare industry alongside RFID inlays embedded into labels. This business is 
being integrated into the CCL Segment.
In April 2023, the Company acquired the intellectual property of Alert Systems ApS (“Alert”), based in Hoersholm, Denmark, 
for approximately $3.2 million. Alert’s patent protected anti-theft solutions were added to the Checkpoint Segment.
In April 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Data Management, Inc. (“DMI”), based in Farmington, Connecticut, 
for approximately $10.2 million, net of cash acquired. DMI’s tracking and identification badges business has been added 
to the Avery Segment.
In July 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Oomph Made Limited (“Oomph”), based in Liphook, United Kingdom, 
for approximately $6.6 million, net of cash acquired. Oomph is a designer and supplier of Radio Frequency Identification 
and Near-Field Communication access cards and wristbands and has been added to the Avery Segment.
In July 2023, the Company acquired Pouch Partners S.r.l., Italy (“Pouch”), a subsidiary of Swiss headquartered Capri-Sun 
Group, based in Milan, Italy, for approximately $39.6 million, net of cash acquired. This business is trading as CCL Specialty 
Pouches and has become an integral new product offering within the CCL Segment.
In July 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Creaprint S.L. (“Creaprint”), based in Alicante, Spain, for approximately 
$37.7 million, net of cash and debt acquired. Creaprint is a specialized producer of inmould labels and has been added 
to the CCL Segment.
67
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
In August 2023, the Company acquired all the intellectual property of Imprint Energy Inc. (“IEI”), based in Alameda, 
California, for $26.6 million. IEI is a start-up proprietary technology company with the know-how for ultrathin, non-
hazardous and non-toxic printed batteries for devices, sensors and wearables. This product line has become part of the 
CCL Segment.
The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the eAgile, Alert, DMI, Oomph, Pouch, Creaprint and IEI acquisitions:
Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
$ 
154.6
Deferred consideration
 
12.8
Assumed debt
 
8.7
 
$ 
176.1
Trade and other receivables 
$ 
17.9
Inventories
 
18.1
Prepaid expenses
 
0.2
Property, plant and equipment 
34.6
Right-of-use assets
 
6.9
Goodwill
 
123.4
Intangible assets
 
13.6
Deferred tax assets
 
3.9
Trade and other payables  
(31.0)
Current lease liabilities
 
(1.3)
Income taxes payable
 
(0.2)
Long-term lease liabilities
 
(5.5)
Deferred tax liabilities
 
(3.3)
Employee benefits
 
(1.0)
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 
(0.2)
Net assets acquired
 
$ 
176.1
Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. 
Factors that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of 
operations. The total amount of goodwill for eAgile, Alert, DMI, Oomph, Pouch, Creaprint and IEI is $123.4 million, of 
which $33.7 million is deductible for tax purposes.
68
2024 Annual Report

In July 2023, the Company acquired privately owned Faubel & Co. Nachfolger GmbH (“Faubel”), headquartered in Melsungen, 
Germany, for approximately $169.7 million, net of cash acquired. Faubel is a specialist in labels for pharmaceutical clinical 
trials globally and is being reported within the CCL Segment.	
The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the Faubel acquisition:
Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
$ 
169.7
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories
Prepaid expenses
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other payables  
Current lease liabilities
Income taxes payable
Long-term lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Employee benefits
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.2
6.3
0.1
39.3
0.4
86.5
66.8
0.8
(6.4)
(0.2)
(8.8)
(0.3)
(20.6)
(0.4)
(4.0)
Net assets acquired
 
$ 
169.7
Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. 
Factors that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of 
operations. The total amount of goodwill for Faubel is $86.5 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes. 
6.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
December 31,  
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Bank balances 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments 
$ 
 
753.6 
8.1 
67.0 
$  
687.4
9.1
77.7
Cash and cash equivalents  
$ 
828.7 
$  
774.2
7.
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
December 31,  
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
 
$ 
 
1,086.1 
165.3 
$  
984.7
104.6
Trade and other receivables 
$ 
1,251.4 
$  
1,089.3
69
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
8. INVENTORIES
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 December 31,  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
 December 31,  
2023
Raw material 
 
 
 
 
Work in progress 
 
 
 
 
Finished goods 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
386.4 
77.9 
355.6 
$  
 
 
330.2
77.3
324.8
Total inventories 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
819.9 
$  
732.3
The total amount of inventories recognized as an expense in 2024 was $5,107.3 million (2023 – $4,735.2 million), including 
depreciation of $358.2 million (2023 – $333.4 million). 
9.  EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS 
Summary financial information for equity-accounted investments, including joint ventures and associates, not adjusted 
for the percentage ownership held by the Company, is as follows:
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Associates 
 
Joint Ventures  
Total
Net earnings 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss  
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
24.2 
(3.5) 
$ 
 
13.6 
(1.5) 
$ 
 
37.8
(5.0)
Total comprehensive income 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
20.7 
$ 
12.1 
$ 
32.8
Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 
 
$ 
60.9 
$ 
— 
$ 
60.9
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2023
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Associates 
 
Joint Ventures 
 
Total
Net earnings 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss  
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
26.1 
(7.7) 
$ 
 
9.7 
(2.4) 
$ 
 
35.8
(10.1)
Total comprehensive income  
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
18.4 
$ 
7.3 
$ 
25.7
Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 
 
$ 
50.6 
$ 
34.4 
$ 
85.0
In June 2024, the Company purchased the remaining 50% interest in its Pacman-CCL joint venture. As such, Pacman’s 
results subsequent to this date are fully consolidated to the Company (see note 5).
70
2024 Annual Report

10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Land and  
Buildings
Machinery  
and  
Equipment
Fixtures, 
Fittings  
and Other
Total 
Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2023  
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
$ 
 
 
1,015.0 
37.6 
49.3 
52.3
(7.5) 
2.4 
$ 
 
 
3,353.5 
32.6 
407.1
(102.7) 
(95.6) 
11.8 
$ 
 
 
56.2 
3.7 
5.2 
2.4 
(0.6) 
0.4 
$ 
 
 
 
4,424.7
73.9
461.6
(48.0)
(103.7)
14.6
Balance at December 31, 2023 
$ 
1,149.1 
$ 
3,606.7 
$ 
67.3 
$ 
4,823.1
Acquisitions through business combinations   
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
 
 
7.3 
5.7 
123.8
(0.3) 
40.8 
 
 
12.2 
452.9
(214.4) 
(65.8) 
156.6 
 
 
0.2 
3.4 
6.5 
(0.6) 
2.3 
 
 
 
19.7
462.0
(84.1)
(66.7)
199.7
Balance at December 31, 2024 
$ 
1,326.4 
$ 3,948.2 
$ 
79.1 
$ 
5,353.7
Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2023  
Depreciation for the year  
Other movements 
Disposals 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
$ 
 
 
332.7 
41.9 
(1.0) 
(3.9) 
(0.3) 
$ 
 
 
1,843.8 
236.7 
(44.1) 
(90.4) 
1.5 
$ 
 
 
35.9 
5.2 
(1.1) 
(0.5) 
0.3 
$ 
 
 
2,212.4
283.8
(46.2)
(94.8)
1.5
Balance at December 31, 2023 
$ 
369.4 
$ 
1,947.5 
$ 
39.8 
$ 
2,356.7
Depreciation for the year  
Other movements 
Disposals 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
 
 
45.5 
(1.8) 
(0.2) 
16.0 
 
 
253.6 
(52.6) 
(64.3) 
98.5 
 
 
6.4 
(3.3) 
(0.6) 
1.7 
 
 
305.5
(57.7)
(65.1)
116.2
Balance at December 31, 2024 
$ 
428.9 
$ 2,182.7 
$ 
44.0 
$ 
2,655.6
Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2023 
At December 31, 2024 
$ 
$ 
779.7 
897.5 
$ 
$ 
1,659.2 
1,765.5 
$ 
$ 
27.5 
35.1 
$ 
$ 
2,466.4
2,698.1
The Company has committed to a plan to sell its Belgian manufacturing facility and other plant assets within the Innovia 
Segment. As such, the assets being disposed of are presented as assets held for sale on the consolidated statements of 
financial position. As at December 31, 2024, assets held for sale is $23.5 million (2023 – $nil). Efforts to sell the assets have 
started and a sale is expected in 2025. 
71
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
11. LEASES
(a) Right-of-use assets
Land and  
Buildings
Machinery  
and  
Equipment
Other
Total 
Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2023  
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Other movements 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
$ 
 
 
232.6 
5.6 
58.9 
(21.6) 
2.7 
$ 
20.4 
1.4 
1.6 
(1.5) 
(0.3) 
$ 
 
 
38.0 
0.3 
16.8 
(11.5) 
(0.4) 
$ 
 
 
291.0
7.3
77.3
(34.6)
2.0
Balance at December 31, 2023 
$ 
278.2 
$ 
21.6 
$ 
43.2 
$ 
343.0
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Other movements 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
 
 
1.4 
27.5 
(12.4) 
13.5 
 
— 
3.6 
(10.2) 
1.1 
 
 
— 
16.0 
(12.5) 
1.9 
 
 
1.4
47.1
(35.1)
16.5
Balance at December 31, 2024 
$ 
308.2 
$ 
16.1 
$ 
48.6 
$ 
372.9
Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2023  
Depreciation for the year  
Other movements 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
$ 
 
79.1 
35.4 
(20.2) 
0.1 
$ 
11.2 
4.5 
(1.5) 
(0.3) 
$ 
 
20.5 
10.8 
(10.2) 
(0.1) 
$ 
 
110.8
50.7
(31.9)
(0.3)
Balance at December 31, 2023 
$ 
94.4 
$ 
13.9 
$ 
21.0 
$ 
129.3
Depreciation for the year  
Other movements 
Movements in exchange rates and inflation adjustments 
 
37.2 
(11.4) 
4.6 
3.9 
(9.9) 
0.7 
 
12.7 
(10.5) 
0.9 
 
53.8
(31.8)
6.2
Balance at December 31, 2024 
$ 
124.8 
$ 
8.6 
$ 
24.1 
$ 
157.5
Carrying amounts
At December 31, 2023 
At December 31, 2024 
$ 
$ 
183.8 
183.4 
$ 
$ 
7.7 
7.5 
$ 
$ 
22.2 
24.5 
$ 
$ 
213.7
215.4
(b) Amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements and statements of cash flows 
December 31,  
 December 31, 
2024 
 
2023
Interest expense on lease liabilities 
 
$ 
8.7 
$ 
7.4
Expenses relating to short-term leases 
$ 
5.3 
$ 
5.0
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of low-value assets 
$ 
0.6 
$ 
0.5
Total cash outflow for leases 
$ 
65.0 
$ 
59.7
72
2024 Annual Report

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Customer 
 Relationships 
Patents,  
Trademarks  
and Other 
Brands 
 Total 
Goodwill
Cost
Balance at January 1, 2023  
Acquisitions through  
 business combinations 
Impairment 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
$ 
837.5 
 
69.6
—
(1.3) 
$ 
185.3 
3.6 
— 
1.8 
$ 
441.5 
 
7.2
—
(5.3) 
$ 
1,464.3 
80.4 
— 
(4.8) 
$ 
 
 
2,193.5
209.9
(95.0)
(14.8)
Balance at December 31, 2023 
$ 
905.8 
$ 
190.7 
$ 
443.4 
$ 
1,539.9 
$ 
2,293.6
Acquisitions through 
 business combinations 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
 
95.0
38.9 
— 
8.4 
—
31.2 
95.0 
78.5 
 
138.5
122.0
Balance at December 31, 2024 
$ 1,039.7 
$ 
199.1 
$ 
474.6 
$ 
1,713.4 
$ 
2,554.1
Accumulated amortization  
Balance at January 1, 2023  
Amortization for the year  
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
$ 
363.8 
55.5 
(6.3) 
$ 
82.2 
13.3 
(0.6) 
$ 
— 
— 
— 
$ 
446.0 
68.8 
(6.9) 
$ 
—
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2023 
$ 
413.0 
$ 
94.9 
$ 
— 
$ 
507.9 
$ 
—
Amortization for the year  
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
59.9 
19.6 
13.2 
3.1 
— 
— 
73.1 
22.7 
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2024 
$ 
492.5 
$ 
111.2 
$ 
— 
$ 
603.7 
$ 
—
Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2023 
At December 31, 2024 
$ 
$ 
492.8 
547.2 
$ 
$ 
95.8 
87.9 
$ 
$ 
443.4 
474.6 
$ 
$ 
1,032.0 
1,109.7 
$ 
$ 
2,293.6
2,554.1
13.
GOODWILL AND INDEFINITE-LIFE INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are allocated to the Company’s 
operating segments, which represent the lowest level within the Company at which goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes.
The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets allocated to each unit are as follows:
December 31, 
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Goodwill
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
 
$ 
 
1,647.9 
384.7 
261.6 
259.9 
$ 
1,419.9
381.2
247.1
245.4
$ 
2,554.1 
 $ 
2,293.6
Indefinite-life intangible assets – brands 
 CCL 
 Avery 
 Checkpoint 
 Innovia 
$ 
 
 
 
7.3 
209.6 
199.4 
58.3 
$ 
7.2
195.4
186.3
54.6
 
$ 
474.6 
$ 
443.5
73
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
Impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets was done by a comparison of the CGU’s carrying 
amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting the CGU’s future cash flows. Key assumptions used in 
the determination of the value in use include growth rates of 3% to 5% and pre-tax discount rates of 10% to 12%. Discount 
rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon the weighted average cost of 
capital. The Company’s historical growth rates are used as the basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment 
testing. Any adverse movement in key assumptions used, including discount rates, could lead to an impairment in future 
periods. The Company completed its annual impairment testing as at September 30, 2024.
The estimated values in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia CGUs exceeded their carrying values. As a result, no 
goodwill or indefinite-life intangible assets impairment were recorded during 2024. 
In 2023, subsequent to performing its annual impairment test, the Company assessed that there were indications of 
goodwill impairment for the Innovia segment as a result of the closure of a Belgian production facility and continuing 
demand challenges in the label materials industry, which required the carrying value of the CGU to be re-tested for 
impairment at December 31, 2023. The recoverable amount of the Innovia CGU, measured at its fair value in use, was 
$762.8 million at December 31, 2023. This resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $95.0 million for the 
Innovia segment, which was recognized on a separate line in the consolidated income statements. The pre-tax discount 
rate used at December 31, 2023 was 11%.
14. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
December 31,  
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Trade payables 
Other payables 
 
$ 
 
840.1 
576.8 
$  
 
801.2
528.3
Trade and other payables 
$ 
1,416.9 
$  
1,329.5
Supply chain financing arrangements (“SCF”)
The Company maintains supply chain financing arrangements with certain global financial institutions at some of its 
subsidiaries worldwide. Under these arrangements the suppliers receive payment from the financial institutions with the 
opportunity for expediated payment terms. The Company pays the financial institution regardless of the supplier electing 
to accelerate their payments through the financing arrangement. Supplier participation in these financing arrangements 
is completely voluntary. The purpose of these arrangements is to facilitate efficient payment processing and provide 
suppliers the option of early payment terms compared to the related invoice payment due date. The Company, including 
certain subsidiaries, provide a guarantee to the banks in connection with these financing arrangements. 
Additional information about the Company’s supply chain arrangements is provided in the table below:
  December 31,  
2024 
 
January 1,  
2024
Carrying amount of financial liabilities
Presented within trade and other payables 
$ 
123.2 
$  
107.2
– of which suppliers have received payment
 
69.4 
*
Range of payment due dates 
Liabilities that are part of the arrangement 
 
 20 – 180 days after invoice date  
*
Comparable trade payables that are not part of the arrangement 
 20 – 180 days after invoice date  
*
*The Company applied transitional relief under Supplier Finance Arrangements – Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 and has not provided comparative 
information in the first year of adoption. 
There were no significant non-cash changes relating to the carrying amount of the liabilities subject to supply chain 
financing arrangements.
All payables under the arrangements are classified as current as at December 31, 2024.
74
2024 Annual Report

15. DEFERRED TAX
(a) Unrecognized deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:
December 31,  
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 
$ 
 
5.0 
20.3 
$  
7.6
46.1
 
$ 
25.3 
$  
53.7
The unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses of $3.9 million will expire between 2025 and 2034, $6.8 million will 
expire beyond 2034, and $9.6 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductible temporary differences do not 
expire under current tax legislation. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these items because it is 
not probable that future taxable income will be available against which the Company can utilize the benefits therefrom. 
(b) Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
Assets
Liabilities
 Net (Assets) Liabilities
December 31,  
2024 
December 31,  
2023 
December 31,  
2024 
December 31, 
2023 
 
 December 31, 
2024 
 December 31, 
 
2023
Property, plant  
 and equipment 
$ 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans 
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
 and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards 
 
8.4 
— 
— 
20.7 
82.8 
8.2 
30.4 
78.0 
36.1 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.7 
—
—
19.3 
71.1 
19.3 
15.2 
76.2 
36.8 
$ 
173.1 
332.9 
2.3 
0.3 
0.6 
— 
— 
8.0
—
$ 
 
 
 
 
158.8 
311.7 
8.9
0.6
0.6
—
—
5.2 
— 
$ 
 
 
 
164.7 
332.9 
2.3 
(20.4) 
(82.2) 
(8.2) 
(30.4) 
(70.0) 
(36.1) 
$ 
 
152.1
311.7
8.9
(18.7)
(70.5)
(19.3)
(15.2)
(71.0)
(36.8)
Balance before offset 
264.6 
 
244.6 
 
517.2 
 
485.8 
 
252.6 
241.2
Offset of tax 
(169.9) 
 
(139.6) 
 
(169.9) 
 
(139.6) 
— 
—
Balance after offset 
$ 
94.7 
$ 
105.0 
$ 
347.3 
$ 
346.2 
$ 
252.6 
$ 
241.2
Balance at  
December 31, 2023 
Liability (Asset) 
 
Recognized
in Income  
 
Statement
Acquisitions
Translation 
and Others 
 
Recognized  
in Other 
 Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 
 Balance at  
December 31, 2024 
Liability (Asset)
Property, plant  
 and equipment 
$  
Intangible assets 
 
Derivatives 
 
Inventory reserves 
 
Employee benefit plans 
Share-based payments 
 
Capitalized research  
 and development 
 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards 
 
152.1 
311.7
8.9
(18.7)
(70.5) 
(19.3) 
(15.2) 
(71.0) 
(36.8) 
$ 
 
 
0.2 
(6.5) 
(0.4) 
(1.6) 
(5.6) 
11.1
(13.3)
2.8 
1.5 
$ 
 
 
1.6 
17.5
—
(0.1)
(0.1) 
— 
— 
(0.7) 
— 
$ 
 
10.8 
10.2 
— 
— 
(3.1) 
—
(1.9)
(1.1) 
(0.8) 
$ 
 
— 
— 
(6.2) 
— 
(2.9) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
164.7
332.9
2.3
(20.4)
(82.2)
(8.2)
(30.4)
(70.0)
(36.1)
$ 
241.2 
$ 
(11.8) 
$ 
18.2 
$ 
14.1 
$ 
(9.1) 
$ 
252.6
75
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
Balance at 
December 31, 2022 
Liability (Asset) 
Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 
Acquisitions 
Translation 
and Others 
Recognized 
in Other 
Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 
Balance at 
December 31, 2023 
Liability (Asset)
Property, plant  
 and equipment 
$  
Intangible assets 
 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
 
Employee benefit plans 
Share-based payments 
 
Capitalized research  
 and development 
 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards 
 
124.8 
291.2
8.2 
(17.1)
(67.2) 
(11.6) 
(9.3) 
(57.7) 
(21.1) 
$ 
 
 
 
23.2 
(5.6) 
0.9
(1.3) 
(2.3) 
(5.2)
(8.7) 
(9.1) 
(12.0) 
$ 
 
 
 
3.6 
22.1
— 
(0.6)
(0.2) 
— 
— 
(1.7) 
(4.0) 
$ 
 
 
 
(0.7) 
4.0 
0.1
0.3 
3.1 
(2.3)
2.8 
(2.5) 
0.3 
$ 
 
1.2 
— 
(0.3) 
— 
(3.9) 
(0.2) 
— 
— 
— 
$ 
 
 
 
 
152.1
311.7
8.9
(18.7)
(70.5)
(19.3)
(15.2)
(71.0)
(36.8)
$ 
240.2 
$ 
(20.1) 
$ 
19.2 
$ 
5.1 
$ 
(3.2) 
$ 
241.2
The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax liabilities were not recognized as at December 31, 2024, is $3,729.0 million (2023 – $2,918.7 million).
The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax assets were not recognized as at December 31, 2024, is $28.2 million (2023 – $30.1 million).
16. SHARE CAPITAL
Shares issued (in millions) 
Class A
Shares 
Amount 
Class B 
Shares  
Amount  
Total 
Balance, January 1, 2023  
Repurchase of shares 
Stock options exercised 
 
Restricted share units exercised 
Performance share units  
Long-term retention units exercised 
11.8 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
$ 
4.5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
165.2 
(0.1) 
0.5 
0.2 
0.1 
0.1 
$ 
463.9 
(0.3) 
34.5 
7.9 
6.4 
3.6 
$ 
468.4
(0.3)
34.5
7.9
6.4
3.6
Balance, December 31, 2023 
Repurchase of shares 
Shares converted from Class A to Class B 
Stock options exercised 
 
Deferred share units exercised 
Restricted share units exercised 
Performance share units  
Long-term retention units exercised  
11.8 
— 
(0.1) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4.5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
166.0 
(2.6) 
0.1 
0.1 
* 
0.2 
1.2 
0.1 
516.0 
(9.5) 
— 
7.6 
0.1 
11.1 
72.5 
5.5 
520.5
(9.5)
—
7.6
0.1
11.1
72.5
5.5
Balance, December 31, 2024 
11.7 
$ 
4.5 
165.1 
$ 
603.3 
$ 
607.8
* Number of Class B non-voting shares issued was nominal.
At December 31, 2024, the authorized share capital comprised an unlimited number of Class A voting shares and an 
unlimited number of Class B non-voting shares. The Class A and Class B shares have no par value. All issued shares are 
fully paid. Both Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity. 
In May 2024, the Company renewed its share repurchase program under a normal course issuer bid to purchase up to 
14.75 million Class B non-voting shares, approximately 9.93% of the public float of the Class B non-voting shares of the 
Company. During 2024, the Company acquired 2,628,909 of its Class B shares for cancellation at an average price of 
$76.31 per share. During 2023, the Company acquired 87,305 of its Class B shares for cancellation at an average price of 
$58.87 per share. The excess of the purchase price over the paid-up capital was charged to retained earnings.
76
2024 Annual Report

(a) Class A
The holders of Class A shares receive dividends set at $0.01 per share per annum less than Class B shares; they are entitled 
to one vote per share at meetings of the Company, and their shares are convertible at any time into Class B shares. 
(b) Class B
Class B shares rank equally in all material respects with Class A shares, except as follows:
(i) Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive material and attend, but not to vote at, regular 	shareholder meetings.
(ii) 	Holders of Class B shares are entitled to voting privileges when, under a takeover bid when voting control
has been acquired, consideration for the Class A shares exceeds 115% of the market price of the Class B shares.
(iii) 	Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive, or have set aside for payment, dividends declared 	by the Board of
Directors from time to time, set at $0.01 per share per annum greater than Class A 	shares.
(c) Dividends
The annual dividends per share were as follows:
2024  
2023
Class A share  
$ 
1.15 
$ 
1.05
Class B share 
$ 
1.16 
$ 
1.06
17. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2024, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $55.5 million (2023 – $35.0 million) and Class B shares of $787.6 million (2023 – $495.2 million) and a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.7 million (2023 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 166.5 million (2023 – 165.8 million).
Weighted average number of shares (in millions)
December 31,  
December 31, 
 
2024 
2023
Class A  
Class B  
Class A  
Class B 
Shares
Shares 
Shares  
Shares 
Issued and outstanding shares at January 1 
 
11.8 
 
166.0 
11.8 
165.2
Effect of share conversion from Class A to Class B 
(0.1)
0.1 
— 
—
Effect of stock options exercised 
—
0.1 
— 
0.3
Effect of restricted share units exercised 
—
0.2 
— 
0.2
Effect of repurchase of shares 
— 
 
(0.9) 
— 
—
Effect of performance stock units exercised 
 
—
1.0 
— 
0.1
Weighted average number of shares at December 31 
11.7 
 
166.5 
11.8 
165.8
		
Diluted earnings per share
The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2024, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $55.1 million (2023 – $34.6 million) and Class B shares of $788.0 million (2023 – $495.6 million) and a 
diluted weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.7 million (2023 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares 
outstanding of 167.8 million (2023 – 168.1 million).
77
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
Weighted average number of shares – diluted (in millions)
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 December 31,  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
 December 31,  
2023
Weighted average number of shares (basic)  
 
 
Effect of deferred share units on issue  
 
 
 
Effect of share-based compensation  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
178.2 
 
 
 
 
 
0.3 
 
 
 
 
 
1.0 
 
177.6
0.3
2.0
Weighted average number of shares (diluted)  
 
 
 
 
 
 
179.5 
 
179.9
The average market value of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was 
based on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding.
18. LOANS AND BORROWINGS
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 December 31,  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
 December 31,  
2023
Current liabilities 
 
Current portion of other loans (iii) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
4.2 
$ 
6.9
Short-term operating credit lines available (iv) 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
13.0 
$ 
13.5
Short-term operating credit lines used 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
0.6 
$ 
0.6
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (i) 
 
 
Unsecured notes (ii) 
 
 
 
 
 
Other loans (iii) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
347.8 
1,875.0 
9.7 
$ 
 
 
307.0
1,747.4
13.4
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
2,232.5 
$ 
2,067.8
(i) 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities
As at December 31, 2024, the Company had an unsecured US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. 
The facility bears interest at the applicable benchmark interest rate, plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net 
debt to EBITDA. Borrowings under the facility were $34.0 million (Term CORRA plus 1.0%) and €211.5 million ($314.9 million; 
EURIBOR plus 1.0%) and $1.1 million of contingent letters of credit drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility.
As at December 31, 2023, $15.0 million (CDOR plus 1.0%), €201.0 million ($293.6 million; EURIBOR plus 1.0%) and $1.1 million 
of contingent letters of credit were drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility.
In May 2022, this facility was amended, extending the maturity from February 28, 2025, to February 28, 2027.
The unused portion of the revolving syndicated bank credit facility was US$956.7 million at December 31, 2024 
(December 31, 2023 – US$966.1 million).
As at December 31, 2024, transaction costs related to the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities were $1.1 million 
(December 31, 2023 – $1.6 million).
(ii) Unsecured notes
Unsecured notes as at December 31, 2024, consisted of US$600.0 million ($858.1 million; 2023 – $788.7 million) principal 
amount of 144A 3.05% private notes, offered in a private placement in the United States in May 2020, maturing June 1, 
2030; $299.3 million (2023 – $299.1 million) principal amount of 3.864% Series 1 Notes, maturing April 13, 2028; and 
US$500.0 million ($717.6 million; 2023 – $659.6 million) principal amount of 144A 3.25% private notes, maturing on 
October 1, 2026. These notes bear interest payable semi-annually. The net proceeds of all three notes were used to partially 
repay amounts borrowed under the unsecured syndicated bank credit facility.
As at December 31, 2024, the Company utilized cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSA”) to effectively 
convert notional US$408.5 million (2023 – US$408.5 million) of the 144A 3.05% private notes into €360.0 million (2023 – 
€360.0 million) 2.06% and 2.00% fixed rate debt and convert notional US$376.2 million (2023 – US$376.2 million) of the 
144A 3.25% private notes into €340.0 million (2023 – €340.0 million) 1.16% and 1.23% fixed rate debt in order to hedge its 
euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)). 
78
2024 Annual Report

(iii) Other loans
	Other loans include term bank loans at various rates and repayment terms.
(iv) Operating credit lines
Interest rates charged on the credit lines are based on rates varying with Term CORRA, SOFR, SONIA, EURIBOR, the prime 
rate and similar market rates for other currencies.
(v)
Reconciliation of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the 
consolidated statement of cash flows as financing activities. Changes in the Company’s liabilities arising from financing 
activities are as follows:
2024  
2023
Balance at January 1 
$ 
2,074.7 
$ 
2,182.2
Financing cash flows 
26.8 
(83.7)
Foreign exchange 
 
132.6 
(33.4)
Other  
 
2.6 
9.6
Balance at December 31 
$ 
2,236.7 
$ 
2,074.7
As at December 31, 2024 and 2023, there are no assets pledged as collateral against long-term debt.
19. FINANCE INCOME AND COST
Recognized in consolidated income statement
December 31,  
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
Fees and interest recognized on other financial instruments 
Interest expense on post-employment defined benefit plans 
$  
77.8 
(12.4) 
24.4 
$ 
83.5
(11.9)
22.6
Finance cost 
89.8 
94.2
Interest income on cash and cash equivalents  
Interest income on other assets 
Interest income on post-employment defined benefit plans 
12.9 
0.2 
10.4 
12.7
0.2
10.7
Finance income 
23.5 
23.6
Interest expense on lease liabilities 
 
8.7 
7.4
Net finance cost recognized in consolidated income statement 
$ 
75.0 
$  
78.0
The above finance income and cost are with respect to assets (liabilities) not at FVTPL.
79
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
20. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 December 31,  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
 December 31,  
2023
Present value of wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations 
 
 
Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
282.3 
334.1 
$ 
 
249.8
341.8
Total present value of obligations 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets 
 
 
 
 
 
Irrecoverable surplus due to asset ceiling 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
616.4 
 
 
 
(310.1) 
 
 
 
0.5 
 
 
 
591.6
(311.8)
1.4
Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations 
 
 
 
Liability for long-service leave and jubilee plans 
 
 
 
 
 
 
306.8 
 
 
 
20.9 
 
 
281.2
18.5
Total employee benefits 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total employee benefits reported in trade and other payables 
 
 
 
 
 
 
327.7 
 
 
20.0 
 
 
299.7
17.2
Total employee benefits reported in non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
 
$ 
307.7 
$ 
282.5
(a) Defined contribution post-employment plans
The Company sponsors defined contribution post-employment plans in Canada, the U.S., Thailand, the Netherlands and 
the U.K. A post-employment plan is classified as a defined contribution plan if the Company pays fixed contributions 
into a fund at a separate entity and the Company has no further obligation to pay any further contributions if the fund 
does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. 
The expense for Company-sponsored defined contribution post-employment plans was $53.3 million in 2024 (2023 – 
$41.3 million), of which $0.1 million (2023 – $0.1 million) was for key management personnel. Company contributions 
into defined contribution state plans are included in the line item Compulsory social security contributions in the table 
in note 21.
(b) Defined benefit post-employment plans
The Company also has defined benefit post-employment plans in various countries of the world. Although some of these 
plans have elements in common with defined contribution plans, the Company has accounted for these as defined benefit 
plans as they are not fully funded at a separate entity.
Partially funded defined benefit obligations
The Company’s defined benefit post-employment plans are not fully funded. The obligation of these plans, net of any 
assets, is recorded in non-current liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position in employee benefits 
or, for payments expected to be made within the next twelve months, in trade and other payables in current liabilities. 
Fluctuations in the pension liabilities resulting from actuarial gains or losses due to changes in risk factors are recorded in 
other comprehensive income. The primary partially funded plans are in Canada, the U.K., Switzerland and the Netherlands. 
Details of these plans are as follows:
(i)		 In Canada, the Company has a registered partially funded defined benefit pension plan for seven retired executives 
and one active employee. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee 
earnings. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any 
contributions required. The plan is closed to new members. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan 
beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has 
determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company.
(ii)	 In the U.K., the Company has two registered partially funded defined benefit pension plans. The first plan has no 
active members and is closed to new members. Benefits are based on final salary. All members of the plan are either 
deferred or retired and benefits are provided to spouses or dependents in the event of a member’s death before or 
after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of £0.5 million in deficit funding contributions annually. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions 
required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the 
value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after 
all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company. 
80
2024 Annual Report

	 	On April 6, 2019, the second plan was frozen. No further benefits will be earned by members in the plan and no 
contributions will be paid into the plan other than deficit funding contributions. It is closed to new members. Benefits 
are based on a member’s final pensionable salary and length of service at retirement. Benefits are provided to spouses 
in the event of a member’s death before or after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of £1.5 million in 
deficit funding contributions annually. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating 
the expense and any contributions required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries 
and discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined 
that any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is available to the Company if the plan is wound 
up; however, any surplus while the plan is ongoing is under the authority of the trustees. Active members have been 
moved to a defined contribution plan.
(iii) 	In Switzerland, the Company provides a mandatory, legislated contribution-based cash balance plan for employees that 
is accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan. Benefits from the plan are paid out at retirement, disability
or death. If an employee terminates from the Company prior to retirement, the vested benefit equal to the accumulated 
savings account balance is transferred to the pension plan of the new employer. The plan is governed by a foundation
board that is legally responsible for the operation of the plan and includes employer and employee representation, in
equal numbers. A legally required minimum level of retirement benefit is based on age-related savings contributions,
an insured salary defined by law and a required rate of return set annually by the Swiss government. Contributions
from both employers and employees are compulsory and vary according to age and salary. The primary risk factors
for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk
on the assets. Under Swiss pension law, any surplus assets technically belong to the pension plan and any reduction
in contributions is at the discretion of the Board.
(iv)	In the Netherlands, the Company provides a defined-benefit career average pay plan for a small number of employees. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan. Benefits from the plan are paid through retirement and
at death, before or during retirement, to the spouse or dependents. If a member of the plan leaves the Company,
the member may choose to have the benefits of the plan transferred into the plan of the new employer. The benefit
formula is based on a percentage of each year’s pensionable salary up to a set maximum salary, less a social security
offset. Benefits are guaranteed by an insurance company and the Company is required to pay annual premiums on the 
insurance contract based on a contract interest rate. There are no employee contributions to the plan. The primary
risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility. This plan was frozen as of
December 31, 2018, and all members were moved to a defined contribution plan.
The most recent actuarial valuation for funding purposes for the executive defined pension plan in Canada was as of 
January 1, 2024. The next required actuarial valuation will be as of January 1, 2027. The most recent actuarial valuation of 
the two U.K. defined benefit pension plans for funding purposes were as of January 1, 2023. The next required valuation 
is as of January 1, 2026.
Wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations
For defined benefit post-employment plans that have no assets, the Company simply funds the plans as benefits are paid. 
The primary wholly unfunded plans are in Canada, the U.S., Germany and Mexico. Details of these plans are as follows:
(i) 		In Canada, the Company maintains non-registered, wholly unfunded supplemental retirement arrangements for one
active Canadian executive, eight retired Canadian executives and two retired U.S. executives or their widows. The
Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. An actuary is
involved in measuring the obligation of the plans and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The
plans are closed to new members. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and
discount rate volatility.
(ii) 	In the U.S., the Company has a post-employment, wholly unfunded deferred compensation plan for designated
executives (“NQP”). Liabilities are based strictly on the contributions made to the plan and an established rate of return
and are not subject to actuarial adjustments. It allows executives to elect to defer specified portions of salary, cash
bonuses and long-term incentive plan payments. The Company contributes a matching portion of the executive’s NQP 
deferred amount to a maximum of 8% of the executive’s base salary plus bonus. The Company may also contribute a
discretionary annual Company contribution based on a percentage of base salary and annual bonus. Contributions
to the NQP for one of the executives vest immediately. For the other executives, immediate vesting of discretionary
Company contributions and interest occurs on death, disability or change of control, with normal vesting occurring
at age 60 with 10 years’ service. The Company’s matching portion and interest vest in the same manner as Company
contributions in the 401k plan. Elective deferrals by the executive vest immediately.
81
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(iii)	In Germany, the Company has several wholly unfunded defined benefit plans. There are four salary-based annuity 
plans that are closed to new members, but currently have approximately 60 active 	members. All contributions and 
benefits are funded by the Company. The primary risk factors for 	these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and 
discount rate volatility. There are also three cash 	balance plans for current employees. Two of those plans require the 
Company to match a specific 	portion of employee contributions. Upon retirement, lump sum payments are made 
unless an employee requests an annuity. The third cash balance plan has employer and employee 	contributions and 
pays out in three instalments upon retirement. The primary risk factor for these 	three plans is discount rate volatility. 
(iv)	In Mexico, the Company has several wholly unfunded defined benefit plans. All are salary-based and paid out as lump 
sums. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. The primary risk factor for these plans is discount 
rate volatility. 
(v)	 The Company also has wholly unfunded post-employment defined benefit plans in Austria, Belgium, France, Italy, 
Mexico, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Thailand and the United Arab Emirates. Benefits are paid out in a lump sum upon 
retirement, disability or death. There are no employee contributions in these plans. Benefits are based on salary and 
length of service with the Company.
The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the defined benefit 
post-employment plans, including the defined benefit pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-
employment defined benefit plans.
  
 
 
 
2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partially 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded 
 
Wholly 
Unfunded   
Total 
Accrued benefit obligation:
 Balance, beginning of year 
 
 
 
 
 Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
 
 
 Current service cost 
 
 
 
 
 
 Interest cost 
 
 
 
 
 
 Employee contributions  
 
 
 
 
 Benefits paid 
 
 
 
 
 
 Actuarial losses – experience 
 
 
 
 
 Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
 
 
 Actuarial (gains) losses – financial assumptions 
 
 
 Reinstatements and transfers 
 
 
 
 
 Effect of curtailment 
 
 
 
 
 
 Settlements 
 
 
 
 
 
 Effect of movements in exchange rates 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
341.8 
— 
1.8 
14.2 
 
1.4 
 
(16.6) 
4.2 
(0.8) 
(30.7) 
12.1 
(1.0) 
(10.5) 
18.2 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
249.8 
4.0 
6.1 
12.2 
1.5 
(13.4) 
2.1 
— 
13.2 
(0.7) 
— 
— 
7.5 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
591.6
4.0
7.9
26.4
2.9
(30.0)
6.3
(0.8)
(17.5)
11.4
(1.0)
(10.5)
25.7
Balance, end of year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
334.1 
$ 
282.3 
$ 
616.4
Plan assets: 
 
 
 
 Fair value, beginning of year 
 
 
 Expected return on plan assets 
 
 
 Actuarial losses 
 
 
 
 Employee contributions  
 
 
 Employer contributions  
 
 
 Benefits paid 
 
 
 
 Administrative expenses  
 
 
 Reinstatements and transfers 
 
 
 Settlements 
 
 
 
 Effect of movements in exchange rates 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
311.8 
12.4 
(22.7) 
1.4 
 
6.9 
 
(16.6) 
(0.7) 
11.6 
(10.7) 
16.7 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
13.6 
(13.4) 
— 
(0.2) 
— 
— 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
311.8
12.4
(22.7)
1.4
20.5
(30.0)
(0.7)
11.4
(10.7)
16.7
Fair value, end of year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
310.1 
$ 
— 
$ 
310.1
Irrecoverable surplus due to asset ceiling 
 
 
 
 
$ 
(0.5) 
$ 
— 
$ 
(0.5)
Funded status, net deficit of plans 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
(24.5) 
$ 
(282.3) 
$ 
(306.8)
Accrued benefit liability  
 
 
 
 
  
$ 
(24.5) 
$ 
(282.3) 
$ 
(306.8)
82
2024 Annual Report

2023 
Partially
Funded
Wholly
Unfunded 
Total
Accrued benefit obligation:
Balance, beginning of year 
Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
 Interest cost 
 Employee contributions  
 Benefits paid 
Actuarial losses – experience 
Actuarial (gains) losses – demographic assumptions 
Actuarial (gains) losses – financial assumptions 
Reinstatements and transfers 
Effect of curtailment 
 
 Settlements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
$ 
 
 
 
314.0 
— 
2.1 
— 
14.0
1.2
(16.1) 
8.0 
(1.9) 
10.7 
(0.7) 
— 
0.1
10.4 
$ 
 
240.4 
1.4 
5.6 
0.1 
11.1 
1.7 
(10.2) 
2.6 
0.4 
(4.7) 
0.3 
(0.1) 
— 
1.2 
$ 
 
 
554.4
1.4
7.7
0.1
25.1
2.9
(26.3)
10.6
(1.5)
6.0
(0.4)
(0.1)
0.1
11.6
Balance, end of year 
$ 
341.8 
$ 
249.8 
$ 
591.6
Plan assets: 
Fair value, beginning of year 
Expected return on plan assets 
 Actuarial losses 
 Employee contributions  
 Employer contributions  
 Benefits paid 
Administrative expenses  
Reinstatements and transfers 
 Settlements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 
$ 
 
 
298.6 
13.2 
(0.6) 
1.2
6.3
(16.1) 
(0.7) 
— 
(0.1) 
10.0 
$ 
 
— 
— 
— 
— 
10.6 
(10.2) 
— 
(0.4) 
— 
— 
$ 
 
 
 
 
298.6
13.2
(0.6)
1.2
16.9
(26.3)
(0.7)
(0.4)
(0.1)
10.0
Fair value, end of year 
$ 
311.8 
$ 
— 
$ 
311.8
Irrecoverable surplus due to asset ceiling 
$ 
(1.4) 
$ 
— 
$ 
(1.4)
Funded status, net deficit of plans 
$ 
(31.4) 
$ 
(249.8) 
$ 
(281.2)
Accrued benefit liability 
$ 
(31.4) 
$ 
(249.8) 
$ 
(281.2)
The Company’s net defined benefit plan expense is as follows:
2024 
Partially
Funded
Wholly
Unfunded 
Total
Current service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement loss 
Administration costs 
$ 
 
 
1.8 
1.8 
(1.0) 
0.2
0.7
$ 
6.1 
12.2 
— 
— 
— 
$ 
 
 
7.9
14.0
(1.0)
0.2
0.7
Net defined benefit plan expense 
$ 
3.5 
$ 
18.3 
$ 
21.8
Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Restructuring and other items 
Finance cost 
$ 
 
1.2 
0.3 
0.2 
1.8
$ 
1.0 
4.0 
1.1 
12.2 
$ 
 
2.2
4.3
1.3 
14.0
Net defined benefit plan expense 
$ 
3.5 
$ 
18.3 
$ 
21.8
83
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
2023 
Partially
Funded
Wholly
Unfunded 
Total
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement loss 
Administration costs 
$ 
 
 
2.1 
— 
0.8 
—
0.2
0.7
$ 
5.6 
0.1 
11.1 
(0.1) 
— 
— 
$ 
 
7.7
0.1
11.9
(0.1)
0.2
0.7
Net defined benefit plan expense 
$ 
3.8 
$ 
16.7 
$ 
20.5
Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Finance cost 
$ 
 
1.5 
1.5 
0.8
$ 
1.4 
4.2 
11.1 
$ 
 
2.9
5.7
11.9
Net defined benefit plan expense 
$ 
3.8 
$ 
16.7 
$ 
20.5
Actuarial gains (losses) recognized directly in equity are as follows:
2024 
2023
Actuarial losses – experience 
Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions  
Actuarial gains (losses) – financial assumptions 
Experience losses on plan assets 
Actuarial gains – irrecoverable surplus 
$ 
 
 
(6.3) 
0.8 
17.5 
(22.7) 
0.9 
$ 
(10.6)
1.5
(6.0)
(0.6)
0.7
Recognized during the year in other comprehensive loss  
$ 
(9.8) 
$ 
(15.0)
Plan assets consist of the following:
2024 
Partially
Funded
Wholly
Unfunded 
Total
Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 
44% 
40% 
2% 
14% 
— 
— 
— 
— 
 
44%
40%
2%
14%
Total 
100% 
— 
100%
2023 
Partially
Funded
Wholly
Unfunded
Total
Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 
38% 
44% 
3% 
15% 
— 
— 
— 
— 
38%
44%
3%
15%
Total 
100% 
— 
100%
84
2024 Annual Report

No plan assets are directly invested in the Company’s own shares or directly in any property occupied by, or other assets 
used by, the Company.
The actual returns on plan assets are as follows:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partially 
 
Wholly 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded 
 
Unfunded 
  
Total
2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$  
(10.3) 
$  
— 
$ 
(10.3)
2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
12.6 
$ 
 — 
$  
12.6
The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment benefit obligations are as follows:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partially 
 
Wholly 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded 
 
Unfunded 
  
Total
December 31, 2024
Discount rate 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.67% 
 
4.07% 
 
4.43%
Expected rate of compensation increase 
 
 
 
 
 
1.15% 
 
2.58% 
 
2.26%
December 31, 2023
Discount rate 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.15% 
 
4.62% 
 
4.35%
Expected rate of compensation increase 
 
 
 
 
 
1.67% 
 
2.63% 
 
2.37%
The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment plan expenses are as follows:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partially 
 
Wholly 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded 
 
Unfunded 
  
Total
December 31, 2024
Discount rate 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.12% 
 
4.60% 
 
4.35%
Expected rate of compensation increase 
 
 
 
 
 
1.58% 
 
2.61% 
 
2.38%
December 31, 2023 
Discount rate 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.45% 
 
4.34% 
 
4.40%
Expected rate of compensation increase 
 
 
 
 
 
1.71% 
 
2.56% 
 
2.35%
The sensitivity analysis on the defined benefit obligation is as follows, and it is prepared by altering one assumption at 
a time and keeping the other assumptions unchanged. The resulting defined benefit obligation is then compared to the 
defined benefit obligation in the disclosures:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partially  
Wholly 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded  
Unfunded
Discount rate (increase 1%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 (40.4) 
$ 
(19.1)
Discount rate (decrease 1%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
43.6 
$ 
20.9
Longevity (+1 year) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
7.5 
$ 
8.8
Inflation (+0.25%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
4.9 
$ 
—
Inflation (-0.25%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
(5.4) 
$ 
—
Salary (increase 1%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
1.9 
$ 
2.6
Salary (decrease 1%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
(1.4) 
$ 
(2.5)
Duration (years) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14  
 
9
The Company expects to contribute $5.3 million to the partially funded defined benefit plans and pay $18.6 million in 
benefits for the wholly unfunded plans in 2025.
(c) Long-term incentive, long-service leave, jubilee and other plans
The Company has long-term incentive plans with share-based payments, long-service leave plans and jubilee plans in 
various countries around the world. As at December 31, 2024, $1.4 million (2023 – $0.8 million) of the total obligation of 
$20.9 million (2023 – $18.5 million) was classified as current and reported in trade and other payables. The expense for 
these plans was $22.9 million in 2024 (2023 – $37.9 million).
85
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
21. PERSONNEL EXPENSES
2024  
2023
Wages and salaries 
$ 
1,456.0 
$ 
1,322.1
Compulsory social security contributions 
 
174.7 
159.6
Contributions to Company-sponsored defined contribution plans 
53.3 
41.3
Net expenses related to defined benefit plans 
21.8 
20.5
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
33.7 
49.7
 
$ 
1,739.5 
$ 
1,593.2
22. INCOME TAX EXPENSE
2024  
2023
Current tax expense
Current tax on earnings before earnings in equity-accounted investments for the year 
$ 
249.9 
$ 
220.8
Deferred tax expense (benefit) (note 15)
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Impact of tax rate changes  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
$ 
 
(8.2) 
0.8 
(4.4) 
$ 
(6.5)
(1.2)
(12.4)
(11.8) 
(20.1)
Total income tax expense 
$ 
238.1 
$ 
200.7
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
2024  
2023
Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
25.5% 
26.5%
The income tax expense on the Company’s earnings differs from the amount 
 determined by the Company’s statutory rates as follows: 
Net earnings for the year  
Add: income tax expense  
Deduct: earnings in equity-accounted investments 
$ 
 
843.1 
238.1 
18.9 
$ 
530.2
200.7
17.9
Earnings before income tax and equity-accounted investments 
1,062.3 
713.0
Income tax using the Company’s domestic combined  
 Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Impact of tax rate changes  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
Losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognized 
Non-deductible expenses and other items 
 
259.7 
7.6 
0.8 
(4.4) 
2.1 
(27.7) 
202.5
(14.3)
(1.2)
(12.4)
2.7
23.4
 
$ 
238.1 
$ 
200.7
Income tax expense (recovery) recognized directly in other comprehensive income  
Derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments 
Actuarial losses 
$ 
 
(6.2) 
(2.9) 
$ 
1.0
(3.9)
Total income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive income  
$ 
(9.1) 
$ 
(2.9)
86
2024 Annual Report

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining 
the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax 
determination is uncertain. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of 
whether additional taxes will be due. If the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were 
initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in 
which such determination is made.
Global minimum top-up tax
The Company is subject to the global minimum top-up tax regime (“Pillar Two Rules”) in Canada under the Global Minimum 
Tax Act. The Pillar Two Rules aim to ensure that large multinational enterprises pay a minimum tax of 15% on the income 
arising in each jurisdiction in which they operate. The Company recognized a current expense of $0.4 million related to 
top-up tax under Pillar Two tax legislation (2023 – nil).
The Company has adopted International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules (Amendments to IAS 12). These amendments 
provide temporary mandatory relief from deferred tax accounting for the impacts of the top-up tax and will account for 
it as a current tax when it is incurred.
Many jurisdictions have enacted new tax legislation to implement a qualified domestic minimum top-up tax (QDMTT), 
effective in either 2024 or 2025. The Company operates in numerous jurisdictions that have adopted the QDMTT. As 
such, where applicable, the Company’s subsidiaries will be liable for the top-up tax in relation to their operations in those 
jurisdictions instead of the Company.
23. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
For options and share awards granted for stock-based compensation, $33.7 million (2023 – $49.5 million) was recognized 
in the consolidated financial statements as an expense, with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus.
At December 31, 2024, the Company had five share-based compensation plans, which are described below:
(a) Employee stock option plan
Under the employee stock option plan, the Company may grant options to employees, officers and directors of the 
Company. The Company does not grant options to independent directors. The exercise price of each option equals the 
closing market price of the Class B non-voting shares on the last trading day prior to the grant date of the option, and an 
option’s maximum term is 10 years. Options vest 25% one year from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The 
term of these options is five years from the grant date. In general, the grants are conditional upon continued employment. 
No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled to dividends and may not be transferred or assigned 
by the option holder. In 2024 and 2023, stock option grants were not awarded.
A summary of the status of the Company’s employee stock option plan as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and changes 
during the years ended on those dates, is presented below:
2024 
2023
Shares
(in millions) 
Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  
Shares  
(in millions) 
Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 
Outstanding at beginning of year 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
0.1 
(0.1) 
—
$ 
 
55.73 
55.73 
— 
1.3 
(0.5) 
(0.7) 
$ 
61.64
55.73
66.87
Outstanding at end of year 
— 
$ 
— 
0.1 
$ 
55.73
Options exercisable at end of year 
— 
$ 
— 
0.1 
$ 
55.73
The weighted average share price of stock options exercised in 2024 was $69.25 (2023 – $64.23). 
87
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(b) Deferred share units (“DSU”)
The Company maintains a deferred share unit plan. Under this plan, non-employee members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors may elect to receive DSUs, in lieu of cash remuneration, for director fees that would otherwise be payable to 
such directors, or any portion thereof, until DSU holdings of a prescribed limit have been achieved. In addition, director 
compensation includes an annual grant of DSUs. The number of units received is equivalent to the fees earned and is 
based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company on the date of issue of the DSU. When 
dividends are paid on Class B non-voting shares of the Company, the equivalent value per DSU is calculated and the holder 
receives additional DSUs in lieu of actual cash dividends based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of 
the Company. DSUs cannot be redeemed or paid out until such time as the director ceases to be a director. A DSU entitles 
the holder to receive, on a deferred payment basis, the number of Class B non-voting shares of the Company equating to 
the number of the holder’s DSUs on the redemption date. The Company accounts for the DSU plan as an equity-settled 
share-based payment transaction. 
The Company had 0.3 million DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2024. 
(c) Performance stock units (“PSU”)
In 2024, the Company introduced a performance stock unit plan. Under the plan, participants may be eligible to receive a 
maximum of approximately 1.4 million Class B non-voting shares of the Company to be issued from treasury. The vesting 
of these shares is dependent on the Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant-date fair value of 
these shares is amortized over the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. 
The 2019 PSU plan vested in the current year resulting in the issuance of approximately 1.2 million Class B non-voting 
shares of the Company.
(d) Long-term retention plan (“LTRP”)
In 2017, the Company instituted a long-term retention plan. Under the plan, the Company provided a one-time retention 
incentive to executives totaling 0.3 million restricted share units (“RSU”). The incentive vests 25% in each year beginning 
in 2022 and ending in 2025, inclusive. 
In 2019, under the aforementioned long-term retention plan, the Company provided a one-time retention incentive to 
additional executives totaling 0.1 million RSUs. The incentive vests 25% in each year beginning in 2024 and ending in 
2027, inclusive. 
Each RSU is equivalent to one Class B non-voting share of the Company, to be issued from treasury. The Company had 
0.2 million RSUs outstanding under this plan as at December 31, 2024.
(e) Other restricted share units 
In 2020, the Company established the restricted share unit plan. Each unit is equivalent to one Class B non-voting share 
of the Company. Current units vest 25% one year from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of these 
units is four years from the grant date, and will be settled through equity. The grants are conditional upon continued 
employment. No market conditions affect vesting. Granted units are not entitled to dividends and may not be transferred 
or assigned by the unitholder. 
The Company had 0.5 million restricted share units outstanding under this plan as at December 31, 2024. 
88
2024 Annual Report

24. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(a) Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
US$123.8 million (2023 – US$123.8 million) of unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes, US$191.5 million (2023 – US$191.5 million) 
of unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes and nil (2023 – US$ nil) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging 
items) have been used to hedge the Company’s exposure to its net investment in US-dollar-denominated operations 
(hedged items), with a view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of the unsecured 
144A 3.25% private notes, the unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes, the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities and the 
net investment in US-dollar-denominated subsidiaries is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in 
the consolidated statement of financial position. These have been and continue to be 100% fully effective hedges as the 
notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness 
was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2024 or 2023. 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) of €211.5 million (2023 – €201.0 million) were used to hedge 
the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining euro-denominated operations (hedged items) with a view 
to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank credit 
facilities and the net investment in euro-denominated subsidiaries was reported in other comprehensive income (loss) 
in the consolidated statement of financial position. This was a 100% fully effective hedge as the notional amount of the 
hedging item equalled the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the 
consolidated income statement in 2024 or 2023.
In February 2017, the Company converted US$264.7 million of the 144A 3.25% private notes (note 18) into €250.0 million 
1.23% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs (hedging items). In February 2018, a further US$111.5 million of the 144A 3.25% private 
notes (note 18) were converted into €90.0 million 1.16% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs. In June 2020, US$204.6 million and 
US$203.9 million of the 144A 3.05% private notes (note 18) were converted into €180.0 million 2.06% fixed rate debt and 
€180.0 million 2.00% fixed rate debt, respectively, using CCIRSAs. Each of these conversions was to hedge the Company’s 
euro-based assets and cash flows. Fair value of these CCIRSAs was recorded in non-current liabilities when negative in 
value and non-current assets when positive in value. The offset was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss) in the consolidated statement of financial position. These have all been, and continue to be, 100% fully effective 
hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No 
ineffectiveness was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2024 or 2023.
 
Notional Principal Amount 
Interest Rate 
Fair Value 
December 31 
Fixed Rate 
 
Fixed Rate 
Received 
(US$) 
Paid 
 (€) 
2024 
(C$) 
2023 
(C$)  
Maturity 
Effective Date
 US$105.8 million € 100.0 million 
3.25% 
1.24%  $ 
3.1 million $ (4.5) million 
October 1, 2026 
February 28, 2017
US$84.8 million  € 80.0 million 
3.25% 
1.20%  $ 
2.2 million $ (3.3) million 
October 1, 2026 
February 28, 2017
US$42.3 million  € 40.0 million 
3.25% 
1.21%  $ 
1.3 million $ (1.8) million 
October 1, 2026 
February 28, 2017
US$31.8 million € 30.0 million 
3.25% 
1.29%  $ 
0.9 million $ (1.4) million 
October 1, 2026 
February 28, 2017
US$62.1 million € 50.0 million 
3.25% 
1.16%  $ 
14.8 million $ 
9.9 million 
October 1, 2026 
February 21, 2018
US$49.4 million € 40.0 million 
3.25% 
1.15%  $ 
11.0 million $ 
7.5 million 
October 1, 2026 
February 22, 2018
 US$125.0 million € 110.0 million 
3.05% 
2.06% $ 
7.0 million $ 
0.3 million 
June 1, 2030 
June 10, 2020
US$79.6 million € 70.0 million 
3.05% 
2.06% $ 
4.8 million 
nil 
June 1, 2030 
June 10, 2020
US$68.0 million € 60.0 million 
3.05% 
2.00% $ 
3.8 million $ 
0.2 million 
June 1, 2030 
June 23, 2020
US$45.3 million € 40.0 million 
3.05% 
2.00% $ 
2.7 million 
nil 
June 1, 2030 
June 23, 2020
US$45.3 million € 40.0 million 
3.05% 
2.01% $ 
2.7 million $ 
0.1 million 
June 1, 2030 
June 23, 2020
US$45.3 million € 40.0 million 
3.05% 
2.01% $ 
2.7 million 
nil  
June 1, 2030 
June 23, 2020
89
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(b) Credit risk
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk 
at the reporting date was as follows:
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 December 31,  
 December 31, 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
2023
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
828.7 
$ 
774.2
Trade and other receivables 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,251.4 
 
1,089.3
Other assets 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.1 
 
21.9
Derivative instruments  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57.1 
 
18.1
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
2,165.3 
$  
1,903.5
The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 December 31,  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
 December 31, 
2023
Under 31 days 
  
 
 
 
Between 31 and 90 days  
 
 
 
Greater than 90 days 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
628.8 
393.7 
80.3 
 
$ 
 
583.7
353.1
67.1
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
1,102.8 
$ 
1,003.9
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
 
2023
Balance at January 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Decrease) increase during the year  
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
19.2 
(2.5) 
 
$ 
17.7
1.5
Balance at December 31  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
16.7 
$ 
19.2
The Company believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due.
90
2024 Annual Report

(c) Liquidity risk
Exposure to liquidity risk
The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding 
the impact of netting agreements:
December 31, 2023 
December 31, 2024
Payments Due by Period
Carrying 
Amount
Carrying 
Amount
Contractual 
Cash Flows
0–6 
Months
6–12 
Months
1–2 
Years
2–5 
Years
More than 
5 Years
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Secured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans 
Unsecured 144A 3.25%  
 private notes 
Unsecured 144A 3.05%  
 private notes 
Unsecured 3.864%  
Series 1 Notes 
Unsecured syndicated  
bank credit facility 
Other long-term obligations 
Interest on unsecured  
bank credit facilities 
Interest on 144A 3.25%  
 private notes 
Interest on 144A 3.05%  
 private notes 
Interest on unsecured 3.864%  
Series 1 Notes 
Interest on other  
 long-term debt 
Trade and other  
  payables 
Accrued post-employment  
 benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
$ 
0.1 
7.0 
659.6 
788.7 
299.1 
307.0 
13.2 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
1,329.5 
* 
207.7 
$ 
 
 
0.1 
3.6 
717.6 
858.1 
299.3 
347.8 
10.2 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
1,416.9 
* 
210.9 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1 
3.6 
 
719.2 
 
863.0 
 
300.0 
 
348.9 
 
10.2 
 
31.9* 
40.9* 
142.6* 
38.1* 
1.3 
 
1,416.9* 
289.0* 
246.0 
 
$ 
— 
1.0 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
2.2 
 
7.2 
 
5.9 
 
 
11.0 
 
3.3 
 
0.1 
 
 1,416.9 
 
2.7 
 
25.6 
 
$ 
0.1 
0.9 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
 7.4 
 
 11.7 
 
13.1 
 
5.8 
 
— 
 
— 
 
2.7 
 
24.9 
 
$ 
— 
1.4 
 
719.2 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
— 
 
 14.9 
 
 
 23.3 
 
 
26.3 
 
 11.6 
 
— 
 
— 
 
35.8 
 
42.0 
 
$ 
— 
0.3 
 
— 
 
— 
 
300.0 
 
348.9 
 
8.0 
 
2.4 
 
— 
 
79.0 
 
17.4 
 
1.2 
 
— 
 
91.8 
 
73.0 
 
$ 
—
—
—
863.0
—
—
—
—
—
13.2
—
—
—
156.0
80.5
Total contractual  
cash obligations 
$ 
3,611.9 $ 3,864.5 
$ 4,451.7 
$ 1,475.9 
$ 
66.6 
$  874.5 
$ 922.0 $ 1,112.7
*
 Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $20.0 million, accrued interest of $10.9 million on unsecured notes,
unsecured bonds and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $2.4 million on derivatives are reported in trade and other payables 
in 2024 (2023: $17.2 million, $10.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively).
(d) Currency risk 
Exposure to currency risk
The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:
December 31, 2024 
 December 31, 2023
U.S. 
U.K. 
U.S.  
U.K. 
Dollar 
Pound  
Euro  
Dollar  
Pound 
Euro
Cash and cash equivalents  
207.3 
29.6 
 107.5 
 157.6 
14.4 
146.1
Trade and other receivables 
 335.8 
24.2 
192.7 
 317.7 
28.5 
177.4
Trade and other payables  
 334.3 
31.5 
212.7 
 335.0 
27.4 
239.4
Long-term debt 
 
 
322.4 
— 
913.9 
 325.1 
— 
905.9
91
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
Sensitivity analysis
A 5% weakening of the Canadian dollar, as indicated below, against the following currencies at December 31 would have 
increased (decreased) equity and income by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables; in 
particular, interest rates, remain constant. 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity 
Income Statement
   
 
 
 
 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023
Euro  
 
 
 
 
 
 
(43.3) 
 
(42.3) 
 
 (1.7) 
 
0.2
U.S. dollar 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(21.9) 
 
(20.3) 
 
4.8 
 
4.0
U.K. pound  
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.5 
 
26.7 
 
0.2 
 
0.4
A 5% strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the above currencies at December 31 would have had the equal but 
opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.
(e) Interest rate risk
An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates on the floating rate debt and cash equivalents as at the reporting date 
would increase net earnings by $4.8 million (2023 – $4.6 million increase). This analysis assumes that all other variables; 
in particular, foreign currency rates, remain constant.  
(f) Fair values versus carrying amounts
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement 
of financial position, are as follows:
   
 
 
 
 December 31, 2024 
 
 December 31, 2023
   
 
 
 
Carrying  
 
Fair 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount  
 
Value 
 
Carrying  
 
Fair  
Amount 
 
Value
Assets carried at fair value:
Other assets 
 
 
Derivative financial assets  
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
28.1 
57.1 
$ 
 
28.1 
57.1 
$ 
 
21.9 
18.1 
$ 
 
21.9
18.1
  
 
 
 
 
$ 
85.2 
$ 
85.2 
$ 
40.0 
$ 
40.0
Assets carried at amortized cost:
Trade and other receivables 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents  
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
1,251.4 
828.7 
$ 
 
1,251.4 
828.7 
$ 
 
1,089.3 
774.2 
$ 
 
1,089.3
774.2
  
 
 
 
 
$ 
2,080.1 
$ 2,080.1 
$ 
1,863.5 
$ 
1,863.5
Liabilities carried at fair value: 
 
 
Derivative financial liabilities 
 
 
 
 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
11.0 
$ 
11.0
  
 
 
 
 
$ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
11.0 
$ 
11.0
Liabilities carried at amortized cost:  
 
Trade and other payables  
 
 
Unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes  
 
Unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes  
 
Unsecured 3.864% Series 1 Notes 
 
 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities 
 
Other loans 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,416.9 
717.6 
858.1 
299.3 
347.8 
13.9 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
1,416.9 
698.8 
772.9 
299.7 
347.8 
13.9 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
1,329.5 
659.6 
788.7 
299.1 
307.0 
20.3 
$ 
 
 
 
 
 
1,329.5
630.3
692.4
288.8
307.0
20.3
  
 
 
 
 
$ 
3,653.6 
$ 3,550.0 
$ 
3,404.2 
$ 
3,268.3
The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 3.
The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows for the unsecured notes are based on the government yield curve 
at the reporting date, plus an adequate credit spread.
92
2024 Annual Report

(g) Fair value hierarchy
The table below summarizes the levels of hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities.
The different levels have been defined as follows:
• Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
• 	Level 2: inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either
directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and
• Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2024
Other assets 
$ 
28.1 
 $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
28.1
Derivative financial assets 
 
— 
 
57.1 
 
— 
 
57.1
Long-term debt 
 
— 
 
(2,133.1) 
 
— 
 
(2,133.1)
 
$ 
28.1 
$ (2,076.0) 
$ 
— 
$ (2,047.9)
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Total
December 31, 2023 
Other assets 
$ 
21.9 
 $ 
— 
$ 
— 
$ 
21.9
Derivative financial assets  
— 
18.1 
— 
18.1
Long-term debt 
— 
 
(1,938.8) 
— 
 
(1,938.8)
Derivative financial liabilities 
— 
(11.0) 
— 
(11.0)
 
$ 
21.9 
$ (1,931.7) 
$ 
— 
$ (1,909.8)
The methods and assumptions used to measure the fair value are as follows:
The fair value of derivative financial instruments generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive 
to sell favourable contracts or pay to transfer unfavourable contracts, at the reporting date. The Company uses discounted 
cash flow analysis and market data such as interest rates, credit spreads and foreign exchange spot rates to estimate the 
fair value of forward agreements and interest-rate derivatives.
The fair value of long-term debt is estimated using public quotations, when available, or discounted cash flow analysis 
based on the current corresponding borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
25. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:
• credit risk;
• liquidity risk; and
• market risk.
This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, 
policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Company’s management of capital. Further quantitative 
disclosures are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.
The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems 
are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Company, through its 
training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment 
in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
93
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(a) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet 
its contractual obligations, and it arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment 
securities.
The Company has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Company’s payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Company’s review includes external 
ratings, where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which 
represent the maximum open amount without requiring approval from senior management; these limits are reviewed 
quarterly. Customers that fail to meet the Company’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Company only 
on a prepayment basis.
The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to 
meet its obligations. These counterparties are large international financial institutions, and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2024, the Company’s exposure to credit 
risk arising from derivative financial instruments amounted to $62.8 million (2023 – $21.1 million).
(b) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company 
manages liquidity by monitoring expected cash flows and to ensure the availability of credit as much as possible, that 
it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The financial obligations of the Company 
include trade and other payables, long-term debt and other long-term items. The contractual maturity of trade payables 
is six months or less. Long-term debt includes instruments with varying maturities extending to 2030. The Company has 
the capacity to discharge its current liabilities from the continued cash flows from business operations, an additional 
$828.7 million of cash on hand and US$956.7 million of available capacity within its syndicated bank credit facility at 
December 31, 2024.
(c) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity 
prices, will affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk 
management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.
The Company uses derivatives to manage market risks. Generally, the Company seeks to apply hedge accounting in 
order to manage volatility in profit or loss. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative 
purposes. 
(i) 
Currency risk
The Company operates internationally, giving rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. 
The Company partially manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and 
U.S. dollars. Additionally, each subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further 
minimizing the foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 
In other cases, borrowings are done by non-Canadian-dollar-based subsidiaries in their own functional currencies such 
that the principal and interest are denominated in a currency that matches the cash flows generated by those subsidiaries. 
These provide natural hedges that do not require the application of hedge accounting.
(ii) Interest rate risk
The Company is exposed to market risk related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the Company 
maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.
(iii) Commodity price risk
Polypropylene is the most significant input cost for the Innovia Segment. It is traded in the market, with prices linked to the 
market price of natural gas and refining capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to the volatility of polypropylene prices; therefore, movements must be managed and, where possible, passed 
along to the Segment’s customers. 
94
2024 Annual Report

(d) Capital management
The Company’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base throughout the economic cycle to maintain investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. This capital structure supports 
the Company’s objective to provide an attractive financial return to its shareholders equal to that of its leading specialty 
packaging peers.
The Company defines capital as average total equity and measures the return on capital (or return on equity) by dividing 
annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss, revaluation gain, and restructuring and other items by the average 
of the beginning and the end-of-year shareholders’ equity. In 2024, the return on capital was 15.5% (2023 – 15.0%).
Management and the Board maintain a balance between the expected higher return on capital that might be possible with 
a higher level of financial debt and the advantages and security afforded by a lower level of financial leverage. 
The Company has provided a growing level of dividends to its shareholders over the last few years, generally related to 
its growth in earnings. Dividends are declared bearing in mind the Company’s current earnings, cash flow and financial 
leverage.
There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.
The Company is subject to certain financial covenants on its unsecured syndicated bank credit facility. The Company 
monitors the ratios on a quarterly basis and at December 31, 2024, was in compliance with all its covenants.
26. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
(a) Commitments
As at December 31, 2024, the Company had uncollateralized surety bonds of $26.0 million (2023 – $56.7 million), primarily 
to the Brazilian Tax Authority in order to facilitate the appeal of tax reassessments. The Company intends to vigorously 
defend these claims, which the Company considers to be without merit and, accordingly, has made no provision for 
the matter.
(b) Contingencies
In the normal course of operations, the Company and its subsidiaries may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other 
claims, including environmental, labour, product, customer disputes and other matters.
In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Benoy 
Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure Currency Ltd. (collectively “Berry”), in Nigerian Federal Court 
against CCL Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well 
as other defendants not affiliated with ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. 
IFL is appealing that decision to the highest appeals court in Nigeria. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants 
committed to build a banknote substrate plant in Nigeria and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to 
build the plant or in lieu thereof, grant an award of total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion ($2.2 billion). IFL intends to 
vigorously defend this claim, which the Company considers to be without merit and accordingly, the Company has made 
no provision for the matter.
Management believes that adequate provisions for legal claims have been recorded in the accounts where required. 
Although it is not always possible to accurately estimate the result or magnitude of legal claims due to the various 
uncertainties involved in the legal process, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such pending matters, 
individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company, its business, financial position 
or liquidity.
27. RELATED PARTIES
(a) Beneficial ownership
The directors and officers of CCL Industries Inc. as a group beneficially own, control, or direct, directly or indirectly, 
approximately 11.2 million of the issued and outstanding Class A voting shares, representing 95.4% of the issued and 
outstanding Class A voting shares.
95
2024 Annual Report

N OT E S  TO  T H E  C O N SO L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L  STAT E M E N TS
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)
(b) Loan guarantees
The Company previously provided various loan guarantees for its joint ventures and associates. As these were fully repaid in 
July 2023, there are currently no loans at its joint ventures and associates that are guaranteed by the Company (2023 – $nil).
28. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION
2024  
2023
Short-term employee compensation and benefits 
$ 
12.5 
$ 
8.1
Share-based compensation 
 
15.8 
22.7
Post-employment benefits  
1.0 
1.0
 
$ 
29.3 
$ 
31.8
29. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
2024  
2023
Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses), net of tax recovery 
 of $8.7 million (2023 – tax recovery of $2.5 million) 
$ 
79.3 
$ 
(111.6)
Gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges,  
net of tax expense of $nil (2023 – tax expense of $nil) 
0.2 
0.2
 
$ 
79.5 
$ 
(111.4)
30. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ITEMS
2024  
2023
Restructuring costs  
Acquisition costs  
$ 
3.3 
2.2 
$ 
41.1
1.7
Total restructuring and other items 
$ 
5.5 
$ 
42.8
For the full year 2024, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $5.5 million ($4.8 million after tax) 
as follows:
• 	Restructuring expenses of $3.3 million ($2.6 million after tax), primarily related to severance charges in the CCL
Segment.
• 	Acquisition transaction costs totaled $2.2 million ($2.2 million after tax), associated with the Pacman acquisition.
For the full year 2023, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $42.8 million ($41.2 million after 
tax) as follows:
• 	Restructuring expenses of $41.1 million ($39.5 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs
largely across Innovia, CCL Segment and Checkpoint.
• 	Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.7 million ($1.7 million after tax), for the eight acquisitions closed in 2023.
31. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Prior to the release of the 2024 annual consolidated financial statements, the Company announced the following:
• 	The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.32 per Class B non-voting share and $0.3175 per Class A voting
share, which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 17, 2025, to be paid on March 31, 
2025.
96
2024 Annual Report

S I X  Y E A R  F I N A N C I A L  SU M M A RY 
(In millions of Canadian dollars, except share and ratio data)
2024 
 
2023 
 
2022 
 
2021 
 
2020 
 
2019
Sales & Net Earnings 
Sales 
Depreciation and  
 amortization 
Net finance costs 
Net earnings 
Basic net earnings  
per Class B share  
 $ 
 $ 
7,245.0  
 432.4  
 75.0  
 843.11 
4.731 
 $ 
 $ 
6,649.6  
 403.3  
 78.0  
 530.22 
2.992 
 $ 
 $ 
6,382.2  
 365.3  
 64.8  
 622.73 
3.503 
$ 
 $ 
5,732.8  
 342.4  
 56.9  
 599.14 
3.334 
$ 
 $ 
5,242.3  
 346.4  
 65.2  
 529.75 
2.965 
$ 
 $ 
5,321.3 
 329.6 
 81.0 
477.16
2.686
Financial Position 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital7 
Total assets 
Net debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
Net debt to equity ratio 
Net debt to total  
book capitalization 
 $ 
 
 $ 
3,037.5  
1,510.5  
1,527.0  
 9,859.1  
 1,618.9 
5,280.7 
0.31  
23.5% 
$ 
$ 
2,685.3  
 1,416.9  
 1,268.4  
 8,924.2  
 1,508.2  
4,623.2  
 0.33  
24.6% 
$ 
$ 
2,819.7 
 1,501.4  
 1,318.3  
 8,664.4  
 1,522.3  
4,265.2  
 0.36  
26.3% 
$ 
$ 
2,447.6  
 1,418.0  
 1,029.6  
 7,627.8  
 1,249.2  
3,747.0  
 0.33  
25.0% 
$ 
$ 
2,224.7  
 1,262.0  
 962.7  
 7,336.7  
 1,390.9  
3,282.2  
 0.42  
29.8% 
$ 
$ 
2,105.0 
 1,148.0 
 957.0 
 7,038.0 
 1,716.2 
2,897.7 
 0.59 
37.2%
Number of Shares 
Class A – Dec 31 
Class B – Dec 31 
Weighted average 
for the year 
(000,000’s)
11.7  
 165.1  
178.2  
 11.8  
 166.0  
 177.6  
 11.8  
 165.2  
 178.0  
 11.8  
 168.4  
 179.7  
 11.8  
 167.4  
 178.7  
 11.8 
 166.8 
 178.0 
Cash Flow
Cash provided by  
 operations 
Additions to plant,  
 property & equipment 
Business acquisitions 
Dividends
Dividends per  
Class B share 
 $ 
 
  
 $ 
1,063.9  
462.0  
142.9 
206.4  
1.16  
$ 
$ 
1,003.3  
 461.6  
 324.3  
 188.2  
1.06  
$ 
$ 
992.8  
 447.2  
 287.2  
 170.3  
0.96  
$ 
$ 
838.7  
 323.8  
 234.4  
 151.0  
0.84  
$ 
$ 
882.9  
 282.8  
 161.4  
 128.7  
0.72  
$ 
$ 
779.5 
 345.6 
 40.4 
 121.1 
0.68 
Note:
1	
After pre-tax revaluation gain, and restructuring and other items – net gain of $72.6 million.	
2	
After pre-tax goodwill impairment loss, and restructuring and other items – net loss of $137.8 million.
3	
After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $11.7 million.	
4	
After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $4.4 million.	
5	
After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $27.6 million.
6	
After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $25.0 million.
7	
Current assets minus current liabilities.
97
2024 Annual Report

20 24  B U S I N E SS  L E A D E RS H I P
North America
Mark Cooper
President,
Avery & METO 
Brea, California, USA
Ben Lilienthal
President, 
Checkpoint & Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries Central America
Thorofare, New Jersey, USA
Ben Rubino
President, 
Home & Personal Care
Lumberton, New Jersey, USA
Stephan Finke
Vice President & Managing Director,
Food & Beverage North America and 
Australia/New Zealand
Sonoma, California, USA
Eric Frantz
Group Vice President,
Home & Personal Care, North America 
Hermitage, Pennsylvania, USA
Bill Goldsmith
Vice President Business Development,
CCL Design North America
Clinton, South Carolina, USA
Al Green
Vice President,
Technology Development 
Clinton, South Carolina, USA
Andy Iseli
Vice President & General Manager,
CCL Tube
Los Angeles, California, USA
Dave Joesten
Vice President & General Manager,
CCL Healthcare Literature North America
Baltimore, Maryland, USA
Sandra Lane
Vice President,
CCL Secure North America
Greensboro, North Carolina, USA
Allison Phillips
Vice President, 
Strategic Business Development
Avery North America 
Brea, California, USA
Pramit Sen
Vice President & General Manager,
CCL Healthcare Label North America
Hightstown, New Jersey, USA
Patrick Thomas
Vice President & General Manager,
CCL Design North America
Strongsville, Ohio, USA
Europe
Günther Birkner
President,
Food & Beverage, Healthcare & 
Specialty and Innovia
Zurich, Switzerland
Derek Cumming
Group Vice President, 
CCL Design
East Kilbride, Scotland
Lee Pretsell
Group Vice President,
Healthcare & Specialty
Dublin, Ireland
Simon Huber
Managing Director,
Innovia Films Europe
Zurich, Switzerland
Nicolas Jean-Jean
Vice President & General Manager,
Avery Europe
Maidenhead, England
Mathias Maennel
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Faubel Clinical Europe
Melsungen, Germany
John O’Brien
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Label Healthcare & Specialty,  
UK & Ireland
Ashford, England
Jamie Robinson
Vice President & Managing Director,
Home & Personal Care Europe and 
Food and Beverage, U.K.
Castleford, England
Sergio Soriano
Vice President & Managing Director,
Merchandise Availability Solutions 
Worldwide
Barcelona, Spain
Reinhard Streit
Vice President & Managing Director,
Food & Beverage Europe
Völkermarkt, Austria
Asia Pacific
Da Gang Li
Group Vice President,
CCL Industries Greater China 
Shanghai, PR China
Kittipong Kulratanasinsuk
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Label ASEAN
Bangkok, Thailand
Ying Lin
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Label China
Guangzhou, PR China
Daniel Choo Thian Chau
Managing Director,
CCL Label & Checkpoint Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
Alex Zhu
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Design Electronics and Automotive 
Parts – Greater China & ASEAN
Suzhou, PR China
Neil Sanders
Vice President & Managing Director,
CCL Secure – Polymer Bank Notes
Melbourne, Australia
Latin America 
Luis Jocionis
Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries South America
São Paulo, Brazil
98
2024 Annual Report

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman
Geoffrey T. Martin
President and 
Chief Executive Officer
Suzana Furtado
Corporate Secretary
Kamal Kotecha
Vice President, Taxation
Mark McClendon
Vice President and
General Counsel
James A. Sellors
Senior Vice President,
Business Development
Lalitha Vaidyanathan
Senior Vice President, 
Finance-IT-Human Resources, 
CCL Industries
Jamil D. Suleman
Vice President, Corporate Accounting
Sean P. Washchuk
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Angella V. Alexander
Director since 2023
Chief Human Resources Officer,
ATS Automation Tooling Systems Inc.
Ontario, Canada
Linda G. Cash
Director since 2021
Corporate Director
Georgia, U.S.A.
Vincent J. Galifi
Director since 2016
Corporate Director
Ontario, Canada
Kathleen L. Keller-Hobson
Director since 2015
Corporate Director
Ontario, Canada
Donald G. Lang
Director since 1991
Executive Chairman,
CCL Industries Inc.
Ontario, Canada
Erin M. Lang
Director since 2016
Managing Director,
LUMAS Canada
Ontario, Canada
Stuart W. Lang
Director since 1991
Corporate Director
Ontario, Canada
Geoffrey T. Martin
Director since 2005
President and CEO,
CCL Industries Inc.
Massachusetts, U.S.A.
Thomas C. Peddie
Director since 2003
Corporate Director
Ontario, Canada
Claude Tessier
Director since 2023
Corporate Director
Québec, Canada
20 24  C O R P O R AT E  E X EC U T I V E S
20 24  B OA R D  O F  D I R ECTO RS
99
2024 Annual Report

Auditors
KPMG LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Legal Counsel
McMillan LLP
Transfer Agent 
TSX Trust Company
301-100 Adelaide Street West
Toronto, ON M5H 4H1
Email: 	
shareholderinquiries@tmx.com
Investor Services: 	 (416) 682-3860 or (800) 387-0825
Fax: 	
(888) 249-6189 or (514) 985-8843
(outside Canada and the U.S.A.)
Website: 
www.tsxtrust.com
Financial Information
Institutional investors, analysts and registered representatives 
requiring additional information may contact:
Sean Washchuk
Senior Vice President and CFO
(416) 756-8526
Additional copies of this report can be obtained from:
CCL Industries Inc.
Investor Relations Department
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1
Tel:		
(416) 756-8500
Fax:	
(416) 756-8555
Email:
ccl@cclind.com
Website:
www.cclind.com
Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders
The Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders will be held on:
May 8, 2025 at 2:00 p.m.
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1
Class B Share Information
Stock Symbol CCL.B
Listed TSX 
Opening price 2024 	
$59.42
Closing price 2024	 	
$73.95
Number of trades	
	
395,276
Trading volume (shares)	
70,341,691
Trading value		
$5,125,599,374
Annual dividends declared	
$1.16
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2024
Class A voting shares	
11,746,323
Class B non-voting shares	
165,063,740
S H A R E H O L D E RS’  I N FO R M AT I O N
This report is printed on recyclable, acid-free and chlorine free paper. Printed in Canada. 
D e s i g n e d  b y  D E L B O V E  D e s i g n  S t u d i o  –  2 0 2 5
100
2024 Annual Report


CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road, Suite 801 
Toronto, ON  M2H 3R1, Canada
Tel +1 (416) 756 8500
161 Worcester Road
Framingham, MA 01701, USA
Tel +1 (508) 872 4511
www.cclind.com